 Contents
Lists the software available on the network for installation.


Click this to install the selected software program.


Click this to install a new program. 


Lists the programs that can be removed automatically by Windows.
For installed programs that do not appear on this list, see that
vendor's documentation for instructions on removing the program.


Click this to remove the program selected in the installed software
list.


Lists the Windows components you can add to or remove from your
computer. 


Displays the hard-disk space required to install the component
highlighted in the components list, and the space available on your
hard disk.


 Displays information about the component highlighted in the
components list.


Click this to install the component from a disk or CD-ROM.

Click this to create a startup disk that can be used to start your
computer if you have problems starting Windows. You will need one
floppy disk with at least 1.2 MB capacity.


Click this to add or remove individual components contained in the
selected component group.


To install a Windows component after Windows has been installed
1    Click here   !EF(`appwiz.cpl',`Add/Remove Programs,2')  to
open the Add/Remove Programs dialog box.
2    To add all of the parts of a component, click the check box. 
     To remove all of the parts of a component, clear the check
box.
     To add or remove some of the parts of a component, highlight
the component name, and then click Details. Then, check or clear
the parts as needed to add or remove them.
3    When you have finished selecting the components to add or
remove, click OK.
4    Click OK again.
     If you originally installed Windows95 using a CD-ROM or
floppy disk(s), you may be prompted to insert the Windows
installation disk(s) in your computer. 
Note
     Each component contains one or more parts. To see what is
included in a component, highlight the component, and then click
Details.


To install a program from a floppy disk or CD-ROM
1    Click here   !EF(`appwiz.cpl',`Add/Remove Programs,1')  to
open the Add/Remove Programs dialog box.
2    Follow the instructions on your screen.


To remove a program from your computer
1    Click here   !EF(`appwiz.cpl',`Add/Remove Programs,1')  to
open the Add/Remove Programs dialog box.
2    Follow the instructions on your screen.
Note
     Only programs that were designed for Windows 95 can be removed
by using Add/Remove Programs. For all other programs, check the
program's documentation to determine which files should be removed.


To create a startup disk
1    Click here   !EF(`appwiz.cpl',`Add/Remove Programs,3')  to
open the Add/Remove Programs dialog box.
2    Follow the instructions on your screen.
Notes
     To make a startup disk, you will need one floppy disk with at
least 1.2 MB capacity.
     You can use the startup disk to start your computer if you are
having problems starting Windows. When you insert the startup disk
in your computer before restarting, the computer starts from that
disk, not from your hard drive.


To install a program from a network
1    Click here   !EF(`appwiz.cpl',`Add/Remove Programs,0')  to
open the Add/Remove Programs dialog box.
2    If the Install/Uninstall tab is selected, and your computer is
already connected to a network, click Install, and then click Next.
Follow the instructions on your screen.
     If the Network Install tab is selected, follow the
instructions on your screen.
Notes
     If you do not have a Network Install tab in the Add/Remove
Programs dialog box, this feature has not been enabled on your
computer, your network, or both. See your system administrator.
     If you are not already connected to the shared folder you want
to install from, you must connect to it by using My Computer or
Windows Explorer, or type the path to it in the text box.


Windows Startup Troubleshooter
If you have trouble starting Windows, you can use several methods
to start your computer with or without starting Windows or the
network. After you identify and resolve the problem, you can
restart your computer as you usually do. 
What do you want to do?
     Create a startup disk.
     Start Windows in safe mode.
     Start your computer without starting Windows.
     Confirm startup files line by line.
     Start Windows without logging on to the network.
Note
     Windows Help will not be available when you start these
procedures. You can print this topic for reference by clicking
Options and then clicking Print Topic.


To start your computer without starting Windows 
1    Print this topic for reference by clicking Options and then
clicking Print Topic. Windows Help is not available when you are
starting up or running in MS-DOS.
2    Restart your computer by clicking the Start button, clicking
Shut Down, and then clicking Restart The Computer.
3    When you see the message "Starting Windows95," press F8.
4    If you want to load your Autoexec.bat and Config.sys files,
choose Step-by-Step Confirmation.
     If you want to skip your Autoexec.bat and Config.sys files and
go to the command prompt, choose Command Prompt Only.
     If you want to skip your Autoexec.bat and Config.sys files and
go to the command prompt without network support, choose Safe Mode
Command Prompt Only. 
Note
     After you start your computer in MS-DOS, you need to restart
your computer to start Windows again.

To go through the startup commands line by line
1    Print this topic for reference by clicking Options and then
clicking Print Topic. Windows Help is not available when you are
starting up or running in MS-DOS.
2    Restart your computer by clicking the Start button, clicking
Shut Down, and then clicking Restart The Computer.
3    When you see the message "Starting Windows95," press F8.
4    Choose Step-by-Step Confirmation.
5    For each command you want to run, press Y. 
     If the command runs successfully, you are prompted with the
next command.
     If the command does not run successfully, you receive an error
message.
     To skip a command, press N.
Note
     After you finish this procedure, you may need to restart your
computer before Windows will start properly.


To start Windows in safe mode
1    Print this topic for reference by clicking Options and then
clicking Print Topic. Windows Help is not available when you are
starting up or running in MS-DOS.
2    Restart your computer by clicking the Start button, clicking
Shut Down, and then clicking Restart The Computer.
3    When you see the message "Starting Windows95," press F8. 
4    If you want to start Windows without network support, choose
Safe Mode. 
     If you want to start Windows with network support, choose Safe
Mode With Network Support. 
     In safe mode, Windows uses default settings (VGA monitor, no
network, Microsoft mouse driver, and the minimum device drivers
required to start Windows). You will not have access to CD-ROM
drives, printers, or other devices.
5    On the Start menu, point to Settings, and then click Control
Panel. 
Notes
     You can double-click the Network or System icon and change
settings as needed.
     After you finish this procedure, you need to restart your
computer before Windows will start properly.


To start Windows without logging on to a network 
1    Print this topic for reference by clicking Options and then
clicking Print Topic. Windows Help is not available when you are
starting up or running in MS-DOS.
2    Restart your computer by clicking the Start button, clicking
Shut Down, and then clicking Restart The Computer.
3    When the Enter Network Password dialog box appears, click
Cancel.
Note
     After you finish this procedure, you need to restart your
computer before you can log on to the network.


The left column shows the status of the copy of the file inside
Briefcase. The right column shows the status of the copy outside
Briefcase. The center column shows what will occur when you click
Update. 
By default, Briefcase replaces older versions of files with newer
versions. To change the way Briefcase updates a file, use your
right mouse button to click the file.


Updates the selected file. To specify a different action, use your
right mouse button to click the file, and then click an item on the
menu.


Shows the name and icon of the file.


Breaks the connection between the copy of the file in Briefcase and
the copy outside Briefcase.


Click this to find the original file that the copy in Briefcase is
connected to.


Determines which types of files in the folder are copied to
Briefcase. To include only certain files, click Selected Types, and
then click the types of files you want to include.

Specifies whether any subfolders in the folder are copied to
Briefcase.


To synchronize files on connected computers
1    On your portable computer, copy files from shared folders on
your main computer to Briefcase. (You can drag the files to the My
Briefcase icon on your desktop.)
2    Work on your files on your portable or laptop computer. It can
be disconnected from the main computer.
3    When you have finished working on the files, connect the two
computers, and then double-click the My Briefcase icon. 
4    On the Briefcase menu, click Update All. Or click the files
you want to update, and then click Update Selection.
Notes
     When you are copying files from your main computer into
Briefcase, the two computers must be connected, either over a
network or by a cable. 
     The My Briefcase icon appears on the desktop if you chose the
Portable setup option when you installed Windows95. If you do not
see a My Briefcase icon, click Related Topics below for information
about installing Windows components.

{ewc
,AL("A_BFC_CREATE_NEW;A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_COPY_FILES;A_SELECT_F
ILES;A_DIAL_LINK")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_BFC_CREATE_NEW;A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_COPY_FILES;A_S
ELECT_FILES;A_DIAL_LINK")


To keep files synchronized by using a floppy disk
1    Insert a floppy disk into a disk drive on your main computer.
2    Copy files to Briefcase. (You can drag the files or folders to
the My Briefcase icon on your desktop.)
3    Move Briefcase to the floppy disk. 
4    Insert the floppy disk into a disk drive on your portable or
laptop computer, and then edit the files in Briefcase.
5    When you are ready to synchronize the files, reinsert the
floppy disk containing Briefcase into a disk drive on your main
computer, and then double-click the My Briefcase icon.
6    On the Briefcase menu, click Update All. Or click the files
you want to update, and then click Update Selection.
Note
     The My Briefcase icon appears on the desktop if you chose the
Portable setup option when you installed Windows95. If you do not
see a My Briefcase icon, click Related Topics below for information
about installing Windows components.

{ewc
,AL("A_BFC_CREATE_NEW;A_COPY_FILES;A_MOVE_FILES;A_SELECT_FILES")}
Related
Topics%!AL("A_BFC_CREATE_NEW;A_COPY_FILES;A_MOVE_FILES;A_SELECT_F
ILES")


 To separate Briefcase files from the originals
1    In Briefcase, click the file you want to split.
2    On the Briefcase menu, click Split From Original.
Note
     After you split a file from its original, it is labeled an
orphan and cannot be updated. 


An orphan file inside Briefcase is not linked to any file outside
Briefcase. As a result, when you choose to update files, there is
no file for the orphan to synchronize with.


To check the status of a file or folder in Briefcase
1    In Briefcase, click the file or folder whose status you want
to check.
2    On the File menu, click Properties.
3    Click the Update Status tab.
Tips
     To find the copy of the file that is outside Briefcase, click
Find Original.
     To check the status of all your Briefcase files and folders,
click the View menu, and then click Details. A Status column
appears in the main Briefcase window.


Splitting separates the copy of the file inside Briefcase from the
copy outside Briefcase.


To create a Briefcase on the desktop
1    Click here   !EF(`appwiz.cpl',`Add/Remove Programs,2')  to
open the Add/Remove Programs dialog box.
2    Click Accessories, and then click Details.
3    Click the check box for Briefcase to mark it for installation,
and then click OK.
Note
     If you already have Briefcase installed, or have installed it
in the past and want to create a new one, you don't need to install
it again. Just open Windows Explorer, then open the folder you want
to create the new Briefcase in. On the File menu, point to New, and
then click Briefcase.


To insert a special character into a document
1    Click here  
!SH(`MyDlgClass',`charmap.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6')   to open
Character Map.
2    Click the Font box, and then click a font.
3    Double-click each character you want. The character(s) will
appear in the Characters To Copy box.
4    Click Copy.
5    In your document, click where you want the character(s) to
appear, click the Edit menu, and then click Paste.
6    Select the character(s), and then change them to the same font
you used in Character Map.
Tips
     To magnify a character in Character Map, click it and hold
down the mouse button.
     Character Map works only with Windows-based programs.


Displays the characters you have selected.


Places the highlighted character in the Characters To Copy box.


Copies the characters that are in the Characters To Copy box. 
You must click this before you can paste the characters into a
file. 


Specifies which font to use to display the characters. 


Shows the characters available in the selected font.


Displays a Help topic that explains how to use Character Map to add
a character to a document.


Closes this dialog box and saves any changes you have made.


Closes this dialog box without saving any changes you have made. 


Click this to display an overview of this dialog box. 
For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and then
click the item.

Saves all the changes you have made without closing this dialog
box.


Lists the available styles for the specified font.


Lists the available point sizes for the specified font.


Shows a sample of how text will appear with the specified font
settings.


Specifies whether the font should appear with strikeout marks or
underlines, and specifies the available colors for the font.


Lists the available language scripts for the specified font. Pick
the one appropriate for the language your computer is set up for.


Lists the available fonts.


Lists the available colors for the specified font.


 Lists the available folders and files. To see how the current
folder fits in the hierarchy on your computer, click the down
arrow. To see what's inside a folder, click it.
The box below shows the folders and files in the selected location.
You can also double-click a folder or file in that box to open it.
To open the folder one level higher, click   on the toolbar.

Lists the available folders and files.


Lists the folders and files in the selected location. To see what's
inside a folder, double-click it.
You can also use the Look In box to see the hierarchy of folders.
To open the folder one level higher, click   on the toolbar. 


Specifies that you will be able to read the file but cannot make
changes to it.


Lists the types of files to display. 
This is useful for narrowing the list of files displayed to only
those files you're interested in.


Specifies the type of file you are saving. The list includes all
the available file types that this program can recognize.


Shows the drive and folder you have selected.


Shows the name of the drive you have selected.


Provides a space for you to type the name of the file.
You can use * as a wildcard. For example, you can type *.* to see
a list of all files.
You can also type the full path of a file. For example, you can
type c:\mydocs\letter.doc. Or, if you have used a long filename,
you might type c:\mydocs\letter to mom.


Opens the file with the name, file type, and location you
specified.

Saves the file with the name, file type, and location you
specified.


Provides a space for you to enter the text you want to find. 


Searches for the next instance of the text you specified in the
Find What box.


Finds only whole words instead of searching for your text inside
longer words.


Finds only text that has the same pattern of upper and lower case
as the text you specified in the Find What box.


Specifies which direction to search starting from the cursor in the
document. Choose Up to search backward, toward the beginning of the
document. Choose Down to search forward, toward the end of the
document.


Searches for the next text that matches the text in the Find What
box and replaces it with the text in the Replace With box.


Searches for every instance of the text that matches the text in
the Find What box and replaces it with the text in the Replace With
box.


Searches for the text in the Find What box and replaces it with
this text. 

Click the plus sign next to an item to see more choices.


Shows which printer this document will print on.


Provides a space for you to type the name of the file to be
printed.


Lists the printers that are set up on your computer.


 Click this to choose a different printer or to specify print
options.


Click this to connect to a network share.


Provides a space for you to type the number of copies you want to
print.


If you have selected more than one copy, specifies whether you want
the copies to be collated.


Prints the document to a file instead of routing it directly to a
printer. You will be prompted to specify the filename and location.

Specifies whether to print the entire document, the current page,
or specific pages.


Specifies whether to print the entire document, specific pages, or
the selection you highlighted.


Click this to set up options for this printer. The options
available depend on the features of the printer.


Lists the available printers. Click the printer you would like to
use. To add a printer, open the Printers folder, and then
double-click Add Printer.


Specifies additional setup options for individual printers.


Shows information about the selected printer.


Lists the available choices for paper size and source.


Specifies whether the document should be printed with its top along
the short edge of the paper (portrait) or along the long edge of
the paper (landscape).


Shows how the page layout will look. As you change the options, the
page layout example changes.

Shows how the document is positioned on the page. 
To see an example on the sample page, click Portrait or Landscape.


Specifies the size of the paper or envelope you want to use.


Specifies where the paper you want to use is located in the
printer. Different printer models support different paper sources,
such as the upper tray, envelope feed, and manual feed.


Sets the printing area of the page. The margins you set here are
never printed on.


Enables you to change printer options.


Displays any custom colors you have already defined.
To change the settings for a color, click a custom color box, and
then click Define Custom Colors.
To define a new custom color, click the basic color it is closest
to, and then click Define Custom Colors.


Displays any custom colors you have already defined.
To change the settings for a custom color, click a custom color
box, and then specify a different color.
To define a new custom color, click an empty custom color box,
specify a different color, and then click Add To Custom Colors.


Shows the basic colors available. 
To define a custom color, click the basic color closest to it, and
then click Define Custom Colors.


Shows a color matrix. To define a custom color, click anywhere in
this matrix, and then use the slider at the right of the dialog box
to adjust the color's attributes.
If you define a color using the Hue/Sat/Lum or Red/Green/Blue
scales, you can look at this matrix to make sure you defined the
color as you intended.

 Displays the possible amounts of white and black in the color.
The result of your choice is displayed in the Color/Solid box.


Specifies the hue for the selected custom color. A combination of
hue, saturation, and luminosity can be used to define any color.
Hue is the value of a color wheel, where 0 is red, 60 is yellow,
120 is green, 180 is cyan, 200 is magenta, and 240 is blue.
If you change the hue, the values for red, green, and blue will be
changed to match.
The easiest way to experiment with different colors is to press and
hold the mouse and move it around the color matrix above.


Specifies the saturation level for the selected custom color. A
combination of hue, saturation, and luminosity can be used to
define any color.
Saturation is the amount of color in a specified hue, up to a
maximum of 240.
The easiest way to experiment with different colors is to press and
hold the mouse and move it around the color matrix above.


Specifies the amount of red in the selected custom color. A
combination of red, green, and blue levels can be used to define
any color. You can see the effect of changing this value in the
color matrix.
If you change this value, the values for hue, saturation, and
luminosity will be changed to match.
The easiest way to experiment with different colors is to press and
hold the mouse and move it around the color matrix above.


Specifies the amount of green in the selected custom color. A
combination of red, green, and blue levels can be used to define
any color. You can see the effect of changing this value in the
color matrix.
If you change this value, the values for hue, saturation, and
luminosity will be changed to match.
The easiest way to experiment with different colors is to press and
hold the mouse and move it around the large rectangle above.


Specifies the amount of blue in the selected custom color. A
combination of red, green, and blue levels can be used to define
any color. You can see the effect of changing this value in the
color matrix.
If you change this value, the values for hue, saturation, and
luminosity will be changed to match.
The easiest way to experiment with different colors is to press and
hold the mouse and move it around the color matrix above.


Specifies the luminosity of the selected custom color. A
combination of hue, saturation, and luminosity can be used to
define any color.
Luminosity is the brightness of the color.
If you change the luminosity, the values for red, green, and blue
will be changed to match.
The easiest way to experiment with different colors is to press and
hold the mouse and move it around the color matrix above.


Adds the custom color you have defined to the Custom Colors
palette.


On the left, shows the amount of white and black in the color you
specified. On the right, shows how the color will look if you
choose 100% of the color with no white and black.
To adjust the color, use the slider at the right of the dialog box.
To specify that you want 100% of the color with no white or black,
type ALT+O.

Click this to define a custom color. 
If this button is unavailable, you are already viewing custom
colors. To define a custom color, click in the color matrix, or
specify the color using the hue/saturation/luminosity or the
red/green/blue definitions, and then click Add To Custom Colors.


Select the printing quality you want.


Click None if you want to print on only one side of a page. Click
Long Side or Short Side if you want duplex printing.


Help is available for each item in this group. Click   at the top
of the dialog box, and then click the specific item you want
information about.


Provides a space for you to type the name of the drive where the
file, folder, or program is located.


Click this to assign a new password or change an existing password.


Provides a space for you to type your old password. Asterisks will
appear instead of what you type.


Provides a space for you to type a new password. For security,
asterisks (*) will appear as you type. After you have typed your
password, type it again in the Confirm New Password box.


Provides a space for you to type the password again. If what you
type matches what you typed in the New Password box, Windows
changes the password. For security, asterisks (*) will appear as
you type.

No Help topic is associated with this item.


Click this to browse through folders to find the file you want.


Makes the selected text bold.


Makes the selected text italic.


Click the right mouse button on any item you want more information
about. Click the left mouse button on any item to continue working.


 No additional information is available.



Displays the buttons that you can add to the toolbar in the active
window.


Moves the button selected in the Available Buttons list to the
Toolbar Buttons list.


Moves the button selected in the Toolbar Buttons list to the
Available Buttons list.

Displays the buttons in the order they appear (from left to right)
on the toolbar in the active window.


Restores the default set of buttons on the toolbar in the active
window.


Moves the selected button up one line. On the toolbar, the button
shifts left one space.


Moves the selected button down one line. On the toolbar, the button
shifts right one space.


Closes the dialog, accepting the changes you have made.


To change your computer's time
1    Click here   !EF(`Timedate.cpl',`Date/Time,0')  to display
Date/Time properties.
2    In the box below the clock, select the hours, minutes,
seconds, or AM/PM indicator.
3    Increase or decrease the selected value by clicking the up or
down arrow.
Note
     Windows uses the time setting to identify when files are
created or modified.

{ewc ,AL("WINDOWS_DATE_CHANGE_DATE;WINDOWS_DATE_CHANGE_TIME_ZONE")}
Related
Topics%!AL("WINDOWS_DATE_CHANGE_DATE;WINDOWS_DATE_CHANGE_TIME_ZON
E")


To change your computer's date
1    Click here   !EF(`Timedate.cpl',`Date/Time,0')  to display
Date/Time properties.
2    In the Date area, select the correct month, year, and day.
Note
     Windows uses the date setting to identify when files are
created or modified.

{ewc ,AL("WINDOWS_DATE_CHANGE_TIME")} Related
Topics%!AL("WINDOWS_DATE_CHANGE_TIME")


To change your computer's time zone
1    Click here   !EF(`Timedate.cpl',`Date/Time,1')  to display
Date/Time properties.
2    In the list box above the map, select the time zone you are
currently in.
Tips
     You can also select a time zone by clicking your location on
the map.
     If you want your computer's clock to adjust automatically when
daylight saving time changes, make sure a check mark appears in the
Automatically Adjust Clock For Daylight Saving Changes box.

{ewc ,AL("WINDOWS_DATE_CHANGE_DATE;WINDOWS_DATE_CHANGE_TIME")}
Related
Topics%!AL("WINDOWS_DATE_CHANGE_DATE;WINDOWS_DATE_CHANGE_TIME")


Displays the month setting your computer is currently using. 

Displays the year setting your computer is currently using. 


Displays the days that correspond to the selected month and year
settings. The highlighted date is the one your computer is
currently using. 


Displays the time setting that your computer is currently using. 


Shows which time zone is selected on the Time Zone tab. To change
the time zone, click the Time Zone tab, and then click your
location on the map.


Lists all available time zones.


Provides a way for you to choose a time zone by clicking an area on
the map. To view all currently available time zones, use the list
box above. 


Automatically adjusts your computer's clock when daylight saving
time changes. If you use more than one operating system, make sure
that only one of them automatically adjusts for daylight saving
time.


Shows what percentage of your disk has been defragmented. You can
use your computer while Disk Defragmenter is running. However, if
a program saves information on the disk that is being defragmented,
Disk Defragmenter will restart so it can process the newly saved
information.


Stops Disk Defragmenter so you can select a different drive or quit
the program.

If this button currently says Pause, clicking it pauses Disk
Defragmenter. If the button says Resume, clicking it  causes Disk
Defragmenter to resume defragmenting your disk.


 Shows how fragmented your disk is and enables you to watch as Disk
Defragmenter defragments it.


Hides the window that displays how fragmented your disk is.


Describes what each colored block on your screen represents. 


Shows how fragmented your disk drive is. For information about what
each colored block represents, click Legend.


Starts defragmenting the drive you selected. While Disk
Defragmenter is working, you can use your computer to carry out
other tasks. However, if a program saves information on the disk
that is being defragmented, Disk Defragmenter will restart so it
can process the newly saved information.


Click this to select a different disk drive to defragment.


Click this to specify the method you want Disk Defragmenter to use
when it defragments your disk drive.


Closes Disk Defragmenter.

Lists the drives that you can defragment. Windows cannot defragment
CD-ROM or network drives, or drives that were compressed by a
disk-compression program that Windows does not support.


Resumes Disk Defragmenter after you have stopped it.


Rearranges the files and free space on your disk so each file is
stored in one contiguous unit and free space is consolidated in one
place.


Rearranges all your fragmented files so each file is stored in one
contiguous unit. This method may be faster than fully defragmenting
your disk because it does not consolidate free space. However,
files you save in the future are more likely to be fragmented.


Consolidates the free space on your disk, which helps ensure that
files you save in the future won't be fragmented. However, as a
result of consolidating free space, the files that are already on
your disk may become more fragmented.


If this box is checked, Disk Defragmenter checks the files and
folders on your drive for errors before it defragments the drive. 


Uses the settings you specify, but does not save them. If you want
to save your settings, click Save These Options And Use Them Every
Time.


Saves your settings. Unless you change these settings, Windows will
use them every time you defragment a disk.


To speed up your hard disk by using Disk Defragmenter
1    Click here   !EF(`defrag.exe',`',1,`') to start Disk
Defragmenter.
2    Click the drive you want to defragment, and then click OK.
3    If you want to change the settings that Disk Defragmenter
uses, click Advanced.
4    Click Start.
Tip
     While Windows defragments your disk, you can safely use your
computer to carry out other tasks. However, your computer will
operate more slowly. To temporarily stop Disk Defragmenter so you
can run other programs at full speed, click Pause.

A file is fragmented when it becomes too large for your computer to
store in a single location on a disk. When this happens, your
computer splits the file up and stores it in pieces. You can use
fragmented files, but it takes your computer longer to access them.
Disk Defragmenter speeds up disk access by rearranging the files
and free space on your computer, so files are stored in contiguous
units and free space is consolidated in one contiguous block.


To change the background of your desktop
1    Click here   !EF(`Desk.cpl',`Display,0')  to view Display
properties.
2    In the Pattern or Wallpaper list, click the pattern or
wallpaper you want to use.
Tips
     To cover your entire screen with a small wallpaper image,
click Tile. To center a wallpaper image, click Center.
     You can use patterns and wallpaper simultaneously. However, if
Tile is selected, you will not see the pattern.
     By default, only a limited set of wallpapers is installed
during Windows Setup. For information about installing a few
others, click Related Topics below, and then double-click
"Installing a Windows component after Windows has been installed."

{ewc
,AL("WIN_PAINT_TO_WALLPAPER;WIN_DESKPR_COLORS;WIN_DESKPR_EDIT_PAT
TERNS;A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_PAINT_TO_WALLPAPER;WIN_DESKPR_COLORS;WIN_DESKPR_E
DIT_PATTERNS;A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")


To create or modify desktop patterns 
1    Click here   !EF(`Desk.cpl',`Display,0')  to view Display
properties.
2    In the Pattern list, click the pattern you want to modify or
base your new pattern on, and then click Edit Pattern.
3    If you want to create a new pattern, type a new name for it.
If you want to modify an existing pattern, skip to the next step.
4    To change squares from one color to another, click them in the
Pattern area. Repeat this until the pattern in the Sample area
looks the way you want it to.
5    When you are finished, click Done, and then click Yes when
Windows prompts you to save the pattern.
Tips
     The color of colored squares is determined by the Desktop
setting on the Appearance tab.
     To remove a pattern, click it in the Pattern list, click Edit
Pattern, and then click Remove.


To protect your screen by setting up a screen saver
1    Click here   !EF(`Desk.cpl',`Display,1')  to view Display
properties.
2    In the list in the Screen Saver area, click the screen saver
you want to use.
3    To customize the screen saver, click Settings.
Tips
     The screen saver starts if your computer is idle for the
number of minutes specified in the Wait box. To clear the screen
saver after it has started, move your mouse or press any key.
     By default, only a limited set of screen savers is installed
during Windows Setup. For information about installing a few
others, click Related Topics below.

{ewc ,AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")


To protect your files by assigning a screen-saver password
1    Click here   !EF(`Desk.cpl',`Display,1')  to view Display
properties.
2    In the list in the Screen Saver area, click the screen saver
you want to use.
3    Make sure Password Protected is checked, and then click
Change.
4    Type your password, and then confirm the password by typing it
again.
Note
     If you assign a password to a screen saver, people who do not
know the password cannot clear the screen saver, and therefore
cannot easily gain access to your computer.


To change the way the items on your desktop look
1    Click here   !EF(`Desk.cpl',`Display,2')  to view Display
properties.
2    If you want to change the appearance of only one screen
element, click that element in the Item list. Then change the
settings in the Item Size and Color and Font Size and Color areas.
     If you want to change the appearance of all screen elements
simultaneously, click an appearance scheme in the Scheme list.
Tip
     If you change individual settings, you can save them by
clicking Save As and then typing a name for the scheme. That name
will appear in the Scheme list, so you can easily restore the
settings later.


 To change the number of colors your monitor displays
1    Click here   !EF(`Desk.cpl',`Display,3')  to view Display
properties.
2    In the Color Palette list, click the number of colors that you
want your monitor to display.
Note
     Your monitor and display adapter determine the maximum number
of colors that can appear on your screen. 


To change your screen resolution
1    Click here   !EF(`Desk.cpl',`Display,3')  to view Display
properties.
2    Under Desktop Area, drag the slider.
Note
     Your monitor and display adapter determine whether you can
change your screen resolution.


To use larger or smaller display fonts
1    Click here   !EF(`Desk.cpl',`Display,3')  to view Display
properties.
2    In the Font Size box, click the size you want your displayed
fonts to be. 
3    To customize the size of displayed fonts, click Custom.
Note
     If the Font Size area is unavailable, make sure your Desktop
Area setting is higher than 640 by 480 pixels. If 640 by 480 pixels
is the only setting available to you, you cannot change your
display font.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_DESKPR_SCALE_FONTS")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_DESKPR_SCALE_FONTS")

To calibrate your display to actual dimensions
1    Click here   !EF(`Desk.cpl',`Display,3')  to view Display
properties.
2    In the Desktop Area box, make sure the setting is higher than
640 by 480 pixels.
     If 640 by 480 pixels is the only setting available to you, you
cannot calibrate your display to actual dimensions.
3    In the Font Size area, click Custom.
4    Hold a ruler up to the ruler on your screen, and then drag the
ruler on your screen to match the ruler you are holding.


To have your monitor automatically turn off 
1    Click here   !EF(`Desk.cpl',`Display,1')  to view Display
properties.
2    To switch your monitor to standby after a specified period of
time, make sure the Low-Power Standby box is checked. 
     To turn off your monitor after a specified period of time,
make sure the Shut Off Monitor box is checked. 
3    In the corresponding Minutes box, specify how many minutes you
want your computer to be idle before Windows activates
energy-saving features.
Notes
     If no energy-saving settings are visible, check to make sure
your monitor and your video card or system BIOS support Advanced
Power Management (APM 1.1) or VESA BIOS Extensions for Power
Management (VBE/PM). If your computer supports power management
features, but no energy-saving settings appear, click the Settings
tab, and then click Change Display Type. Make sure the Monitor Is
Energy Star Compliant box is checked.
     You can combine screen-saver and energy-saving features. For
example, you could specify that after 5 minutes your screen saver
turns on, after 10 minutes your monitor goes into standby mode, and
after 15 minutes your monitor shuts off.

{ewc ,AL("suspend")} Related Topics%!AL("suspend")


A pattern is a design you can use to decorate your desktop. You can
choose a pattern from the list, or modify an existing pattern by
clicking it and then clicking Edit Pattern.


Wallpaper is a picture or image that you can display on your
desktop. You can choose wallpaper from the list or use your own
bitmap file, such as a drawing or scanned photograph. To use your
own file, click the Browse button, and then specify the file's
location.


Shows how a pattern or wallpaper will look on your screen. To
preview a pattern or wallpaper, click its name in the Pattern or
Wallpaper list.


Lists the available patterns you can use to decorate the desktop.
To preview a pattern, click its name. 
Note  If the pattern you click does not appear on the sample
monitor, make sure None is specified in the Wallpaper list.


Lists the available wallpaper you can use to decorate the desktop.
To preview a wallpaper, click its name.


Click this to edit an existing pattern or to create a new one. 


Shows the name of the pattern you selected. To create a new pattern
based on this pattern, type a new name here, and then modify the
pattern.

Shows how the pattern will appear when it is repeated, actual size,
across the desktop.


Provides a means for you to modify patterns. To reverse the color
of a block, click it. The color of colored blocks is determined by
the Desktop setting that is currently specified on the Appearance
tab.


Closes the Pattern Editor.


Adds a newly named pattern to the Pattern list.


Saves any changes you made to the pattern.


Removes the pattern in the Name box from the Pattern list.


Click this to search for wallpaper on other drives or in other
folders. You can use most bitmap (.bmp) files as wallpaper.


Specifies whether a wallpaper image will cover your entire screen
or appear only in the center of the screen.


Repeats small wallpaper images until your entire screen is covered.

Centers a wallpaper image on your screen.


Shows how a screen saver will look on your screen. To preview a
screen saver, click its name in the Screen Saver list.


 Lists the available screen savers. A screen saver displays moving
images, which prevent damage to your screen. The screen saver
starts automatically if your computer is idle for a specified
amount of time. 


Specifies how much time will elapse before Windows displays the
selected screen saver. 


Starts the screen saver temporarily so you can see what it looks
like. To return to Windows, move your mouse or press any key.


Click this to change settings for the selected screen saver.


Conserves power by switching your monitor to standby mode if your
computer is idle for the number of minutes specified in the Minutes
box. To reactivate your monitor, press a key or move your mouse.


Conserves power by shutting off your monitor. This saves more power
than the Low-Power Standby mode. For information about how to turn
your monitor back on, consult your hardware documentation.


Energy Star is a program administered by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) to reduce the amount of power used by
personal computers and peripherals. The Energy Star emblem does not
represent EPA endorsement of any product or service.

Adjusts the speed at which shapes move on your screen.


Specifies how many lines shapes contain. 


Specifies how many curves shapes contain. Higher values result in
more complex shapes.


Adjusts the amount of space that appears between the lines of each
shape.


Displays curves in the color you specify. To change the color,
click Choose Color.


Click this to specify the color of curves.


Changes the color of curves at random.


Displays curves and colors against a black background.


Adjusts the speed at which flying Windows logos appear on your
screen.

Specifies how many flying Windows logos appear on your screen.


Enables you to assign a password to your screen saver. A password
protects your computer from unauthorized use. Windows will not
clear a screen saver until this password is typed correctly. To
assign a password, click Change.


Displays the message in the center of your screen.


Displays the message in different places on your screen.


Adjusts the speed at which the message moves across your screen.


Lists the background colors on which you can display your message. 


Provides a place for you to type the message you want the screen
saver to display. To change the font, formatting, or color of your
message text, click Format Text.


 Click this to change the font, size, and color of your message
text.


Specifies which polygon you are changing settings for. You can
specify different colors and a different number of lines for each
polygon.

Displays the selected polygon using the colors and number of lines
you specify. If you do not want the selected polygon to appear,
clear this check box. 


Specifies how many lines you want the polygon in the Shape box to
contain.


Specifies which colors you want the screen saver to display. To
specify a color, make sure the Active box is checked. Then choose
the colors you want from the color lists.


Displays the selected polygon in several randomly alternating
colors.


Displays the polygon you selected against a black background. 


Adjusts the speed at which stars appear on your screen.


Specifies how many stars will appear on your screen.


Lists schemes that you can use to change the appearance of many
screen elements simultaneously. The screen elements in each scheme
are different colors, sizes, and formats. You can use existing
schemes or create and save your own schemes.


Click this to save your current screen settings. The name you
specify will appear in the Scheme list, so you can easily restore
these settings later.

Provides a place for you to type a name for your current screen
settings. The name you type will appear in the Scheme list, so you
can easily restore these settings later.


Deletes the scheme that is selected in the Scheme box.


Shows how the current settings will look on the desktop.


Lists the screen elements for which you can change settings.


Lists the background colors you can use for the selected item. If
this option is unavailable, you cannot change the item's background
color.


Lists the colors you can use for the text in the selected item. If
this option is unavailable, you cannot change the item's text
color.


Specifies the size (in pixels) of the selected item. If this option
is unavailable, you cannot change the item's size.


Lists the fonts you can use for the text in the selected item. If
this option is unavailable, you cannot change the item's font.


Lists the point sizes you can specify for the text in the selected
item. If this option is unavailable, you cannot change the point
size.

Makes the text in the selected item bold. If this option is
unavailable, you cannot change the formatting.


Makes the text in the selected item italic. If this option is
unavailable, you cannot change the formatting.


Shows how the current settings will look on your screen. 


 Lists the color palettes that your display adapter and monitor
support.


Increases or decreases the amount of information that appears on
your screen. Your monitor and display adapter determine whether you
can change this setting. This is sometimes referred to as
"resolution."


Changes the size of the text that Windows displays. If this setting
is unavailable, you cannot change the font size.


Click this to customize the size of the fonts that Windows
displays. If this button is unavailable, you cannot change the font
size.


Click this to install the software for a new display adapter or
monitor.


Shows how large the current screen font is in relation to the
standard Windows font. You can type a different percentage in this
box.

Provides a way for you to calibrate the fonts your computer
displays. If you want to calibrate your display to actual
dimensions, hold a ruler up to your display, and then drag the
ruler that appears on the screen to match it.


Shows how the percentage that appears above affects the size of the
text that will appear on your screen.


Shows what type of display adapter you are currently using. To
install the software for a new display adapter, click Change.


Click this to install the software for a new display adapter.


Shows what type of monitor you are currently using. To install the
software for a new monitor, click Change.


Displays information about your display adapter.


Click this to install the software for a new monitor. 


Indicates that your monitor can reduce its power usage. For Windows
to take advantage of this feature, the monitor must adhere to the
VESA Display Power Management Signaling (DPMS) specification or to
another method of lowering power consumption (such as the LCD
screens on portable computers). If your monitor has an Energy Star
emblem, it probably supports DPMS. Energy Star is a program
administered by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to
reduce the amount of power used by personal computers and
peripherals. The Energy Star emblem does not represent EPA
endorsement of any product or service.
Note  If the information on your screen appears garbled or
otherwise irregular when your power management screen saver turns
on, clear this check box.     


Hardware Conflict Troubleshooter
This troubleshooter helps you identify and resolve hardware
conflicts. Just click to answer the questions, and then follow the
step-by-step instructions to fix the problem. To move back a step,
click Back at the top of each Help window.
What do you want to do?
     Start the Hardware Conflict Troubleshooter.
     Display an overview of the process.

Overview of resolving conflicts
When more than one device on your system tries to use the same
resource (for example, a specific location in memory), a hardware
conflict results. This troubleshooter helps you resolve such
conflicts. To use this troubleshooter, follow the step-by-step
instructions.
If you prefer to resolve the conflict on your own, you can work in
Device Manager and try the following strategies:
     Identify a free resource, and assign it to the device that is
causing the conflict.
     Disable a conflicting device to free up its resources.
     Rearrange resources used by one or more other devices to free
up resources needed by the device that is causing the conflict.
     Change jumpers on your hardware to match the new settings.
What do you want to do?
     Start the Hardware Conflict Troubleshooter.
     Start Device Manager and try to resolve this conflict
myself.%!EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')
     Close this troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')


Start Device Manager
1    Click here  !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1') to view Device
Manager.
2    Make sure View Devices By Type is selected.
     Click here to continue.


Determine if the device was installed twice
     If the hardware that has the conflict isn't visible in the
list, click the plus sign next to the type of hardware.
Is the device you were installing (or that had the conflict) listed
twice?
     No, the device is listed only once.
     Yes, it is listed twice. I have only one of this kind of
device.
     Yes, it is listed twice, but I have two of this kind of
device.


Remove the duplicate devices and install again
1    Remove each duplicate item from the hardware list. To do this,
click its name, and then click Remove. When you are finished, no
instances of the hardware should be listed.
2    Click OK.
3    Click here  !EF(`sysdm.cpl',`Add New Hardware,1') to start the
Add New Hardware wizard.
     If you see a message that you already have a wizard open,
click Finish in that wizard, and then click the button in this step
to start a new wizard.
4    Click Next.
5    Click the option to automatically detect your hardware, and
then click Next.
     Continue until you finish the wizard.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close this troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No, I want to continue troubleshooting.


View resource settings for the device
1    Click here  !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1') to view Device
Manager.
2    Double-click the hardware that has a conflict.
3    In the Device Usage area, make sure that there is a check in
the box next to the configuration marked "Current." If the box
isn't checked, click it.
4    Click the Resources tab.
Do you see a box with resource settings?
     Yes.
     No, I see a Set Configuration Manually button.
     This device does not have a Resources tab.


View resource settings for the device
1    Double-click the hardware that has a conflict.
2    In the Device Usage area, make sure that there is a check in
the box next to the configuration marked "Current." If the box
isn't checked, click it.
3    Click the Resources tab.
Do you see a box with resource settings?
     Yes.
     No, I see a Set Configuration Manually button.
     This device does not have a Resources tab.


Identify which resources are causing the conflict
     In the Conflicting Device List box, identify the hardware that
is using conflicting resources.
Is more than one resource conflict listed?
     Yes.
     No, only one conflict is listed.
     One or more of the conflicts show System Reserved as the
conflict.
     There are no conflicts listed.


No conflicts listed
If there are no conflicts listed in the Conflicting Device List
box, either you are not viewing resources for the correct device or
the conflict has already been resolved, but you need to restart
your computer to allow Windows to configure the hardware.
Look at the top of the dialog box to see if you are viewing
resources for the correct device.
Are you viewing resources for the correct device?
     No.
     Yes.


 View resources for the correct device
1    Click Cancel to return to the hardware list.
2    Find the correct device in the hardware list, and then
double-click it.
3    Click the Resources tab.
4    In the Conflicting Device List box, identify the hardware that
is using conflicting resources.
Is more than one resource conflict listed?
     Yes.
     No, only one conflict is listed.
     One or more of the conflicts show System Reserved as the
conflict.
     There still are no conflicts listed.

Try restarting your computer
Restarting your computer may help resolve the conflict. If you
restart your computer and Windows still displays a message that you
have a hardware conflict, begin this troubleshooter again.
     Click the Start button, click Shut Down, and then click
Restart The Computer.


Your resource setting is reserved
It is likely that this resource setting will not cause a problem if
it conflicts with a resource reserved by your system. You can
either free the resource now, or wait to see if it causes problems.
If it does cause problems later, you can either free the resource
setting or change the setting for the device so it doesn't conflict
with a reserved resource setting.
Do you want to free the resource now?
     Yes.
     No.


Are any other conflicts listed?
     Yes, more than one setting still conflicts.
     Yes, only one more conflict is listed.
     No more conflicts are listed. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')


Free the reserved resource setting
1    Click OK to return to the hardware list.
2    Click Computer at the top of the list, and then click
Properties.
3    Click the Reserve Resources tab.
4    Click the type of resource setting that is conflicting, and
then click the resource setting.
5    Click Remove, and then click OK.
6    Double-click the device that was conflicting, and then click
the Resources tab.
     Click here to continue.


Determine why resources aren't displayed
When the Resources tab shows a Set Configuration Manually button,
it is either because the device has a conflict or other problem and
is disabled, or because the resource settings used by this device
are working properly but they don't match any of the known
configurations.
You can tell which situation applies by reading the text above the
button.
Which message do you see?
     My device is conflicting, or the device is not currently
enabled or has a problem.
     The resource settings don't match any known configurations.


Identify which hardware is conflicting
1    Click Set Configuration Manually.
2    In the Conflicting Device List box, identify the other
hardware that is using the conflicting resources.
Is more than one resource conflict listed?
     Yes.
     No, only one conflict is listed.
     There are no conflicts listed.


No conflicts listed
If there are no conflicts listed in the Conflicting Device List
box, either you are not viewing resources for the correct device,
or the conflict has already been resolved but you need to restart
your computer to allow Windows to configure the hardware.
Look at the top of the Resources tab to see if you are viewing
resources for the correct device.
Are you viewing resources for the correct device?
     No.
     Yes.


Select the correct device
1    Click Cancel to return to the hardware list.
2    Double-click the correct device.
3    Click the Resources tab.
4    In the Conflicting Device List box, identify the hardware that
is using conflicting resources.
Is more than one resource conflict listed?
     Yes.
     No, only one conflict is listed.
     There still are no conflicts listed.


How many devices are listed as conflicting?
     Only one device is causing all the conflicts.
     More than one device is causing the conflicts.

Look for resource settings that don't conflict
1    In the Resource Settings box, double-click the icon next to a
resource setting that is conflicting.
     If you see a message that says you must clear the Use
Automatic Settings box before you can change a resource setting,
click OK to close the message, and then clear the Use Automatic
Settings box.
2    Scroll through the available resource settings.
3    For each setting, look in the Conflicting Device List box to
see if it conflicts with any other hardware.
4    When you find a free setting, click OK.
5    Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each conflicting resource.
Did you find a free setting for each conflicting resource?
     Yes, all the resources are now set without any conflicts.
     No, some or all of the resources are still conflicting.
     No, I saw a message that said the resource setting cannot be
modified.


View the resources for the other device
1    In the Conflicting Device List box, make a note of which
device is using the resource that cannot be modified.
2    Click Cancel.
3    In the hardware list, find and double-click the device that is
using the resource.
Does this device have a Resources tab?
     Yes.
     No.


Check to see if the device can use a different resource
1    Click the Resources tab.
2    In the Resource Settings box, double-click the resource
setting that you need to free for the other device.
     If you see a message that says you must clear the Use
Automatic Settings box before you can change a resource setting,
click OK to close the message, and then clear the Use Automatic
Settings box.
3    Scroll through the available resource settings.
4    For each setting, look in the Conflicting Device List box to
see if it conflicts with any other hardware.
5    If you find a free setting, click OK. If you see a message
prompting you to restart your computer, click No.
Did you find a free setting?
     Yes, I found a free setting.
     No, I did not find a free setting, or the settings can't be
modified.


Determine whether there are any remaining conflicts
1    Click OK to return to the hardware list.
2    Double-click the device that had the original conflict.
3    Click the Resources tab.
4    See if there are any remaining conflicts listed in the
Conflicting Device List box.
     If the conflict you just resolved is listed, you can ignore
it. It will no longer conflict after you restart your computer
later in this process.
Are there still conflicts listed?
     No, all the resources are now set without any conflicts.
     Yes, some or all of the resources are still conflicting.


Decide which device to disable
Because both devices need to use the same resource setting, you
must decide which device you want to use. You must disable and
remove the other device.
It probably is easier to remove the device that had the original
conflict. If you choose to remove the other device, then after you
finish this set of procedures and restart your computer, you may
see a message telling you that you still have a conflict. Just
restart this troubleshooter, and continue resolving the conflict.
Which device would you like to disable?
     The device with the original conflict.
     The other device that it is conflicting with.


Determine whether you have to remove the card to disable the
hardware
1    On the hardware list, double-click the hardware that you want
to disable.
     If you do not see the hardware list, click Cancel until you
return to it.
2    In the Device Usage area, make sure that there is a check in
the box next to the configuration marked "Current." If the box
isn't checked, click it.
3    Click the Resources tab.
     If there is a Set Configuration Manually button, Windows can
free up resources for this hardware without your removing its card
from your computer.
Do you see a Set Configuration Manually button?
     Yes, I see that button, and there are no resource settings
listed in the box.
     No, I don't see that button.


Determine whether you have to remove the card to disable the
hardware
1    On the hardware list, double-click the hardware that you want
to disable.
     If you do not see the hardware list, click Cancel until you
return to it.
2    In the Device Usage area, click the box next to the
configuration marked "Current" to remove the check mark.
3    Click the Resources tab.
     If there is a Set Configuration Manually button, Windows can
free up resources for this hardware without your removing its card
from your computer.
Do you see a Set Configuration Manually button?
     Yes.
     No, I don't see that button.


Restart your computer
1    Click OK, and then click OK again.
2    You may be prompted to restart your computer. Click Yes.


Disable your hardware
1    On the hardware list, click the plus sign next to the type of
hardware that you want to disable.
     If you do not see the hardware list, click Cancel until you
return to it.
2    Click the hardware you want to disable.
3    Click Remove, and then click OK.
4    You may be prompted to restart your computer. You will have to
remove the card for this hardware from your computer, so you need
to shut down instead of restarting. Click No.
5    Click the Start button, click Shut Down, and then click Yes.
     When the message says it is safe to do so, turn off your
computer and remove the card from your computer. For instructions,
see your hardware documentation.

Print a report for each device you changed
1    In the hardware list, click a device whose resource settings
you changed while resolving the conflict.
     If you do not see the hardware list, click OK until you return
to it.
2    Click Print.
3    Click the second option to print the selected class or device.
4    Click OK.
5    Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each device that you changed
during this troubleshooting process.
Did the report print properly?
     Yes.
     No.


Write down the hardware settings
1    In the hardware list, double-click a device that you changed
while resolving the conflict.
2    Click the Resources tab.
3    Write down all the settings you see in the Resource Settings
box.
4    Click Cancel.
5    Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each device that you changed
during this troubleshooting process.
     Click here to continue.


Important information about what to do with these reports
Note  To print this Help topic, click the Options button at the top
of the Help window, and then click Print Topic.
The report you print tells you the way your hardware cards should
be configured to ensure that they work properly. If the cards
aren't set properly, your hardware will not work, even if you
resolved the conflict correctly. 
Depending on the type of hardware you have, your card may be able
to be configured automatically (if it is a Plug and Play device),
or you can configure it by using a utility provided by your
hardware manufacturer or by changing jumpers on the hardware. If
you changed more than one piece of hardware, each device may need
to be configured in a different way.
The configuration information you need is in the "Resources"
section of the reports. See your hardware documentation for
instructions on setting the jumpers on your hardware cards to match
this configuration.
You may also have to remove the card(s) for the disabled device(s)
from your computer to free up resources for other devices. If you
have disabled the device, it does not show any resource settings in
use, and if you see a Set Configuration Manually button in the
Resources window, then you do not have to remove the card for the
device.
In the next procedure, you will shut down your computer. You should
then check to see whether you need to change jumpers on your
hardware to match the settings on your printouts, or run a
configuration utility. If you do, refer to your hardware
documentation for further instructions.
     Click here to continue.


Restart your computer
1    Click OK.
2    You may see a message prompting you to restart your computer.
Click No.
3    Click the Start button, click Shut Down, and then click Yes.
     When Windows says it is safe to do so, turn off your computer
so you can configure the devices that changed. For more information
about how to do this, see your hardware documentation.


 Set resources to conflict with only one device
1    Double-click a resource that is still conflicting.
     If you see a message that says you must clear the Use
Automatic Settings box before you can change a resource setting,
click OK to close the message, and then clear the Use Automatic
Settings box.
2    Scroll through the available resource settings. For each
value, write down the setting and the name of the hardware it
conflicts with. Then click Cancel.
3    Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each conflicting resource.
4    Looking at the list, see if you can change the resource
settings so they conflict with only one device, preferably one you
could disable. 
Are all conflicts with one device?
     Yes, all the conflicts are with only one device.
     No, the resources still conflict with more than one device or
cannot be changed.


Do you want to disable the device that is causing all the
conflicts?
     Yes.
     No, I want to use the hardware that is causing the conflicts.


Look for a resource setting that doesn't conflict
1    In the Resource Settings box, double-click the icon next to
the resource setting that is conflicting.
     If you see a message that says you must clear the Use
Automatic Settings box before you can change a resource setting,
click OK to close the message, and then clear the Use Automatic
Settings box.
2    Scroll through the available resource settings.
3    For each setting, look in the Conflicting Device List box to
see if it conflicts with any other hardware.
4    If you find a free setting, click OK.
Did you find a setting that doesn't conflict with any other
hardware?
     Yes. I found a free setting.
     No, all of the settings conflicted with other hardware.
     No, I saw a message that said the resource setting cannot be
modified.


Set the new value
1    Make a note of the old and new settings to refer to later.
2    Click OK. If you see a message prompting you to restart your
computer, click No.
     Click here to continue.


Important information about changing hardware jumpers
Depending on the type of hardware you have, you may have to change
the jumpers on your hardware card to match the new setting, or you
may have to run a configuration utility provided by your hardware
manufacturer. If the jumper settings on your card aren't set
properly, your hardware will not work, even if you resolved the
conflict correctly.
In the next procedure, you will shut down your computer. Refer to
your hardware documentation for instructions on changing jumpers.
     Click here to continue.

Identify hardware you no longer need
1    Scroll through the available resource settings. 
2    When a conflict appears in the Conflicting Device List box,
determine whether you still need to use the device that is causing
the conflict.
Did you identify a hardware device that you no longer need to use?
     Yes, I want to disable the hardware I no longer need.
     No, I use all of the hardware that is conflicting.


Write down a list of all devices using resources
1    Scroll through the settings. On a piece of paper, write down
the name of each piece of conflicting hardware and its setting.
2    Click Cancel until you return to the hardware list.
     Click here to continue.


Rearrange resource settings for conflicting hardware
1    On the hardware list, click the plus sign next to the hardware
type for the first item on your written list.
2    Double-click the hardware.
3    Click the Resources tab.
4    Double-click the resource setting that you wrote down.
     If you see a message that says you must clear the Use
Automatic Settings box before you can change a resource setting,
click OK to close the message, and then clear the Use Automatic
Settings box.
5    Scroll through the available resource settings. For each
setting, look in the Conflicting Device List box to see if it
conflicts with any other hardware.
6    If you find a free setting other than the one you wrote down,
write down the new values, and continue to the next procedure.
     If you do not find a free setting, repeat steps 1 through 5
until you run out of hardware to try or you find a free setting.
Did you find a free resource setting?
     Yes.
     No, there are no free resource settings for any of the
hardware on my list.


Change the resource settings
1    Save the new setting by clicking OK and then clicking OK
again.
2    If you see a message about restarting your computer, click No.
3    Double-click the hardware that first had the conflict.
4    Click the Resources tab.
5    Double-click the resource that is conflicting.
     If you see a message that says you must clear the Use
Automatic Settings box before you can change a resource setting,
click OK to close the message, and then clear the Use Automatic
Settings box.
6    Change the resource setting to the value you just freed. The
Conflicting Device List box may show a conflict with the other
hardware that you just changed.
7    Click OK. If you see a message, click Yes to continue.
     Click here to continue.


Do you want to disable the hardware that caused the original
conflict?
     Yes, I want to disable this hardware.
     No, I still want to use this hardware.


Determine how to disable the hardware
1    On the hardware list, double-click the hardware that you want
to disable.
     If you do not see the hardware list, click Cancel until you
return to it.
2    In the Device Usage area, click the box next to the
configuration marked "Current" to remove the check mark.
3    Click the Resources tab.
     If there is a Set Configuration Manually button, Windows can
disable and free up resources used by this hardware without your
removing its card from your computer.
Do you see a Set Configuration Manually button?
     Yes.
     No, I don't see that button.


Determine whether the hardware you want to disable is Plug and Play
1    Select each resource setting that conflicts with the hardware
you will disable, and then click OK.
2    When the message appears saying the setting conflicts with
another device, click Yes to continue.
3    Click OK until you return to the hardware list.
4    Click the plus sign next to the type of hardware that you want
to disable.
5    Double-click the hardware that you want to disable.
6    In the Device Usage area, click the box next to the
configuration marked "Current" to remove the check mark.
7    Click the Resources tab.
     If there is a Set Configuration Manually button, Windows can
disable and free up resources used by this hardware without your
removing its card from your computer.
Do you see a Set Configuration Manually button?
     Yes.
     No, I don't see that button.


Hardware is disabled
     Click OK.
     Click here to continue.


Disable hardware by removing it
1    On the hardware list, click the plus sign next to the type of
hardware that you want to disable.
     If you do not see the hardware list, click Cancel until you
return to it.
2    Click the hardware you want to disable.
3    Click Remove.
     Click here to continue.

The device is not using any resources
If the device doesn't have a Resources tab, the device is not using
any resource settings, and therefore should not be listed as
conflicting.
Make sure you are viewing properties for the correct device.
Look at the top of the dialog box to see if you are viewing
resources for the correct device.
Are you viewing resources for the correct device?
     No.
     Yes.


Select the correct device
1    Click Cancel to return to the hardware list.
2    Double-click the hardware that has a conflict.
3    In the Device Usage area, make sure that there is a check in
the box next to the configuration marked "Current." If the box
isn't checked, click it.
4    Click the Resources tab.
Do you see a box with resource settings?
     Yes.
     No, I see a Set Configuration Manually button.
     This device does not have a Resources tab.


Next steps
You've encountered a hardware conflict problem that this
troubleshooter can't help you solve.
For more information, try looking in the documentation for your
hardware, or call your hardware support line.
     Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')


Specifies the phone number in a format that can be dialed from any
location or with a calling card.
The international format is: 
     +CC (AC) NUMBER
where CC is the country code, AC is the area or city code, and
NUMBER is the local phone number. Type the plus sign, parentheses,
and spaces exactly as shown. 
For example, the international format for a number might be:
 +1 (901) 5551234.


Contains exactly the digits you want to dial. This format is often
used when you want to call internal extensions or special numbers,
such as for an operator, emergency services, or directory
assistance.
Calls in this format are dialed exactly as they are shown,
regardless of what location you specify. Calling cards cannot be
used.
For example, the dialable format for an internal extension might be
2414.


Specifies where you will be when you make the call. The location
information is used to determine if a phone number is local, long
distance, or international. 
Location information is used only for phone numbers entered in
international format.


Defines a card number for each calling card and a procedure for
using that card for local, long-distance, and international calls.
Calling cards are used only with phone numbers entered in
international format.
Calling-card numbers can also be used if you need to specify
dialing rules that require unconventional procedures. For example,
you could set up a calling card if you need to dial an account code
after the phone number.


Telephony devices provide a way for your computer to dial a phone
line. The most common type is a modem connected to a phone line.
Other devices enable people to share a pool of modems. Check your
modem documentation to make sure it is compatible with telephony.


Use pause characters in a phone number to pause dialing:
,    Pause for a fixed time, typically two seconds.
!    Hookflash (1/2 second on-hook, 1/2 second off-hook).
W    Wait for one second of dial tone.
@    Wait for quiet answer (ringback followed by five seconds of
silence).
$    Wait for calling-card prompt ("bong") tone.
?    Ask for input before dialing continues. 

 Typically specifies an access number that you dial at the
beginning of a phone call.


You can use the following characters to specify the rules for
dialing calls:
Enter     To specify     
0-9  Dialable digits     
ABCD Dialable digits (tone dialing only; used for special control
on some systems)    
E    Country code   
F    Area code (city code)    
G    Local number   
H    Card number    
*,#  Dialable digits (tone dialing only)     
T    Following digits are to be tone dialed  
P    Following digits are to be pulse dialed 
,    Pause for a fixed time   
!    Hookflash (1/2 second on-hook, 1/2 second off-hook)    
W    Wait for second dial tone     
@    Wait for quiet answer (ringback followed by five seconds of
silence)  
$    Wait for calling-card prompt ("bong")   
?    Ask for input before dialing continues  


In North America, specifies the first three digits of a local
telephone number. For example, if the local number is 555-1234, the
prefix is 555.


Modem Troubleshooter
This troubleshooter will help you identify and solve modem
problems. Just click to answer the questions, and then try the
suggested steps to fix the problem.
What's wrong?
     I don't know how to install my modem.
     Dialing doesn't work correctly.
     I can't connect to another computer, or the connection doesn't
work properly.
     I can't transfer a file to or from another computer.
     Dial-Up Networking doesn't work correctly.


Install your modem
1    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to start the Install
New Modem wizard.
2    Follow the instructions on your screen.


What kind of dialing problem is occurring? 
     The number is not being dialed at all.
     The wrong number is being dialed.
     My calling-card call doesn't go through.
     I get an error message from the operator.
     I can't dial international calls.
     I can't make a local call to a different area code.
     I can't make a long-distance call to the same area code.
     I have a different dialing problem.


What kind of dialing problem is occurring?
     The call is canceled before it finishes going through.
     The modem does not detect the dial tone.
     I have a different dialing problem.


Disable dial-tone detection
1    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to display Modem
properties. 
2    Click the General tab, click the modem you are using, and then
click Properties. 
3    On the Connection tab, make sure the box labeled Wait For Dial
Tone Before Dialing is not checked.
4    Try the call again. 
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work. What else could be wrong?


Increase the time length before canceling calls
1    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to display Modem
properties. 
2    Click the General tab, click the modem you are using, and then
click Properties. 
3    On the Connection tab, make sure the box labeled Cancel The
Call If Not Connected Within is not checked. 
     If you do not want to disable this option, increase the number
of seconds.
4    Try the call again. 
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work. What else could be wrong?

Check your location setup
1    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to display Modem
properties. 
2    Click the General tab, click the modem you are using, and then
click Dialing Properties.
3    On the My Locations tab, make sure that you have specified
your current location.
     Because dialing procedures vary by location, you need to
specify the location you are calling from each time you move your
computer.
4    If the specified location is not correct, click the location
you are calling from.
5    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work. 


Dial a local call in a different area code
If you need to dial a local call in a different area code, Phone
Dialer may try to dial the call as long distance. To dial the call
successfully, enter the phone number as shown below.
     Enter the area code for the number as your own area code, and
include the actual area code in the telephone number. 
     For example, if your phone number is in the 212 area code, to
dial a local phone number 555-1212 in the 718 area, change the
phone number entry to +1(212)718 5551212. 
Tip
     If you are using HyperTerminal, make sure the box labeled Use
Country Code And Area Code is not checked. Then type the phone
number as shown in the example.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.


Dial a long-distance call in the same area code
If you need to dial a long-distance call in the same area code you
are calling from, Phone Dialer may try to dial the call as a local
call. To dial the call successfully, enter the phone number as
shown below.
     Enter the area code for the number, and include the actual
area code in the telephone number. 
     For example, if the number you are calling from is in the 214
area code, to dial a long-distance phone number 555-1212 in the
same area, change the phone number entry to +1(214)214 5551212. 
Tip
     If you are using HyperTerminal, make sure the box labeled Use
Country Code And Area Code is not checked. Then type the phone
number as shown in the example.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.


What kind of connection problem is occurring?
     I can't connect to the remote computer.
     The remote computer hangs up unexpectedly.
     I can connect to the remote computer, but random characters
appear on the screen.
     I can connect to the remote computer, but the connection is
very slow.


What happens when you try to transfer files?
     The transfer is very slow.
     I can't send files at all.
     I can't receive files at all.
     I have a different problem.


Check your transfer protocol
1    On the Transfer menu, click Send File.
2    Make sure the transfer protocol you are using is the same one
the remote computer is using.
3    Try to send the file again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. The file transfer worked. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.


Check your transfer protocol
1    On the Transfer menu, click Receive File.
2    Make sure the transfer protocol you are using is the same one
the remote computer is using.
3    Try to transfer the file again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. The file transfer worked. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.


Which transfer protocol are you using?
     I am using Ymodem-G.
     I am using a different protocol.


Make sure error control is available
The Ymodem-G transfer protocol is for modems that provide error
control. If your modem does not provide error control, use a
different transfer protocol, such as Ymodem or Xmodem. 
1    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to display Modem
properties. 
2    Click the General tab, click the modem you are using, and then
click Properties.
3    Click the Connection tab, and then click Advanced.
4    If Use Error Control is available, make sure the check box is
checked.
5    Try your transfer again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. The file transfer worked. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.

Try a different protocol
     Try your file transfer again, using a different transfer
protocol. 
Tip
     Make sure you are using a common transfer protocol, such as
Xmodem. 
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. The file transfer worked. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.


What message do you get?
     You must first dial 1 and then the area code.
     I get a different message.


Specify the call as long distance
In North America, or if you have specified the number in
international format, some prefixes within your area code are long
distance and some are local. 
1    If you are using Phone Dialer, click Dial, click Change
Options, and then click Dialing Properties.
     If you are using HyperTerminal, click the Call menu, click
Connect, and then click Dialing Properties.
2    On the My Locations tab, make sure Dial As A Long Distance
Call is checked. 
     If you have no calling card, make sure Dial Using Calling Card
is not checked.
3    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.


Identify the number dialed
1    Click here  
!SH(`DialerClass',`dialer.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6')  to start
Phone Dialer.
2    Use Phone Dialer to dial a number.
3    Look in the Dialing dialog box to see what number was actually
dialed.
Which of the following happened?
     Phone Dialer dialed a country code or area code when it
shouldn't have.
     Phone Dialer didn't dial 9 when it should have.
     I have a different dialing problem.


Check your modem and cable setup
1    Make sure your communications port and modem are connected by
a cable, and that your modem is plugged into the phone jack.
2    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. It worked. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. The cables are fine. What else could cause this problem?


 Check the port settings for your modem
1    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to display Modem
properties. 
2    Click the General tab, and then click the modem you are using.
3    Click Properties. Make sure the port listed is the one your
modem is connected to.
4    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.


I can't dial using my calling card
     Phone Dialer dials the number too soon.
     Phone Dialer never dials the number.
     I have a calling card that isn't on the list.


Check your calling-card setup
1    If you're using Phone Dialer, click the Tools menu, and then
click Dialing Properties. 
     If you're using HyperTerminal, click the Call menu, click
Connect, and then click Dialing Properties.
2    Click Change.
3    Click the calling card you're using, and then click Advanced.
4    Add a comma after the H representing the calling-card access
number. This adds a short pause before the number is dialed.
     If this doesn't solve the problem, look at the available pause
characters, and try a different one.
5    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes.  My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.


Make sure you are using your calling card
1    If you're using Phone Dialer, click the Tools menu, and then
click Dialing Properties. 
     If you're using HyperTerminal, click the Call menu, click
Connect, and then click Dialing Properties.
2    Make sure the box labeled Dial Using Calling Card is checked. 
3    Try your call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It was already checked. What else could be wrong?

Check the dialing rules for your calling card
1    If you're using Phone Dialer, click the Tools menu, and then
click Dialing Properties. 
     If you're using HyperTerminal, click the Call menu, click
Connect, and then click Dialing Properties.
2    Click Change.
3    Click the calling card you're using, and then click Advanced.
4    Try using a different pause character. In each phone number
box, there is a pause character between the calling-card access
number and the codes for area code or country code. 
5    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.


Add a new calling card
1    If you're using Phone Dialer, click the Tools menu, and then
click Dialing Properties. 
     If you're using HyperTerminal, click the Call menu, click
Connect, and then click Dialing Properties.
2    Click Change.
3    Click New, and then type a name for this calling card.
4    Click Advanced, and then fill in the appropriate information.
Information about how to dial a call usually appears on the back of
your card, or you may need to contact your calling-card vendor. You
must translate this information into dialing rules for local, long
distance, and international calls. 
Tip
     You can copy the dialing rules from any other calling card by
clicking Copy From. Make sure to change the access number.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work.


Check the location you're calling from
1    On the Tools menu, click Dialing Properties.
2    On the My Locations tab, make sure you have specified your
current location.
     Because dialing procedures vary by location, you need to
specify the location you are calling from each time you move your
computer.
Which location are you calling from?
     I am not at the place specified in the I Am Dialing From box.
     I am at the place specified in the IAm Dialing From box.


Check the settings for current location
1    Make sure your area code and country code are correct.
2    Make sure the options for dialing from this location are
correct.
3    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work. 


Define your current location
1    On the Tools menu, click Dialing Properties.
2    On the My Locations tab, click the location you're calling
from. If your location isn't on the list, click New.
3    Type a name for the location.
4    Make sure your area code and country code are correct.
5    Make sure the settings for how you dial from this location are
correct.
6    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work. 


Phone Dialer isn't dialing 9 when it should
     It dials 9 even when it shouldn't.
     It never dials 9 even when it should.


Check your location setup
1    On the Tools menu, click Dialing Properties.
2    On the My Locations tab, make sure that you have specified
your current location.
     Because dialing procedures vary by location, you need to
specify the location you are calling from each time you move your
computer.
3    If the specified location is not correct, click the location
you are calling from.
4    Make sure you have not entered 9 in the To Access Outside Line
boxes.
5    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work. 


Check your location setup
1    On the Tools menu, click Dialing Properties.
2    On the My Locations tab, make sure you have specified your
current location.
     Because dialing procedures vary by location, you need to
specify the location you are calling from each time you move your
computer.
3    If it is not correct, click the location you are calling from.
4    Make sure you have entered 9 in the To Access Outside Line
boxes.
5    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4") 
     No. It still doesn't work. 


Check the format of the telephone number
1    Make sure the number you're dialing is in international
format, which is necessary if you use location information.
International format looks like the following:
     +country-code (area-code) phone-number
     Type the plus sign, parentheses, and spaces exactly as shown. 
     Only the digits 0 through 9 should appear in the country code
and area code. The phone number can contain hyphens, periods,
spaces, and other formatting characters.
2    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work. 

Next steps
You've run into a dialing problem that the Modem Troubleshooter
can't help you solve. 
For more information, try looking in the documentation for your
modem or other telephony device. 
     Go back to the beginning of the troubleshooter.
     Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")


Does your telephone line have Call Waiting?
     Yes, it does.
     No. it doesn't.


Turn off Call Waiting
If the phone line you use has Call Waiting, and someone calls while
you are using your modem, extra characters might appear on the
screen or even disconnect you from the remote computer. 
1    End your session with the remote computer. 
2    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to display Modem
properties. 
3    Click the General tab, and then click Dialing Properties.
4    Click This Location Has Call Waiting. 
5    In the box to the right of To Disable it, Dial, type the
numbers that cancel Call Waiting (you can usually find these
instructions in the telephone book), or click a number in the list.
6    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I turned off Call Waiting and I'm still having trouble.
What else could be wrong? 


Turn on Error Control
1    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to display Modem
properties. 
2    Click the General tab, click the modem you are using, and then
click Properties. 
3    Click the Connection tab, and then click Advanced. 
4    Click the box labeled Use Error Control, if it is not
unavailable. 
5    Try the call again. 
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble. 


Check your terminal type
1    On the File menu, click Properties.
2    Click the Settings tab.
3    Look at the Emulation box to see what terminal type
HyperTerminal is emulating. Make sure the emulation is set either
to Auto Detect or to the same terminal type the remote computer is
emulating. 
     To set the terminal type, click the Emulation box. Then click
the terminal type you want.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My call went through. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble. 


Check your modem speed
1    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to display Modem
properties. 
2    Click the General tab, click the modem you are using, and then
click Properties.
3    Make sure the Maximum Speed value is the highest that can be
used by both your modem and the remote computer's modem. (If you
are not sure of the maximum speed to use, contact that computer's
administrator.)
4    Make sure Only Connect At This Speed is not checked. 
5     Try the call again. 
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. I was able to connect. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble. 


Check your modem's port settings
1    Click the Connection tab.
2    Make sure the Data Bits, Parity, and Stop Bits settings are
set correctly for the remote computer. (If you are not sure of the
settings to use, contact that computer's administrator.)
3    Try the call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. I was able to connect. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble.


Try your call again 
     You may be experiencing line noise or cable problems. Try your
call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. I was able to connect. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble.


Check your modem speed
1    On the Call menu, click Disconnect.
2    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to display Modem
properties. 
3    Click the General tab, and then click the modem you are using.
4    Click Properties. Make sure the Maximum Speed is the highest
that can be used by both your modem and the remote computer's
modem. (If you are not sure of the maximum speed to use, contact
that computer's administrator.)
5    Try the call again. 
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. The connection is still slow.

Try your call again
     If other people are using the remote computer, it may run more
slowly. Try again later when fewer people may be connected to the
remote computer.
     Click here to close the troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     Click here to return to the beginning of the troubleshooter.


 Contact the computer's administrator
     You may have gone too long without typing anything, or your
account may have a limit to how long you can be connected to the
computer. Try the call again, and ask the remote computer's
administrator about having your time limit increased. 
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. I was able to reconnect. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble.


Contact the computer's administrator
     Find out if the computer is working correctly. It may have
been shut down for maintenance. 
     Click here to close the troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     Click here to return to the beginning of the troubleshooter.



Lists the locations that are currently set up. To set up an
additional location, click New.


Click this to add a new location.


Removes the selected location from the list.


In the first space, type the number(s) required to access an
outside line for local calls. In the second space, type the
number(s) required to access an outside line for long distance
calls. In many cases, these two numbers will be the same.
If you do not have to dial any numbers to access an outside line,
leave both spaces blank.


Provides a space for you to type the area code for this location.
If you are in a country other than the United States, type your
city code here, but do not include the leading 0. For example, if
your city code is 071, just type 71.


If checked, displays the calling card that should be used when you
call from this location.
This calling card will be used whenever you are at this location
and you dial from any program on this computer.

Click this to change the calling card to be used for this location.


Specifies whether this location uses call waiting.
Call waiting should be turned off while you're dialing from your
computer. Contact your local phone company for information about
how to turn off this feature.


Specifies which type of dialing to use.
Specify pulse dialing only if this is the only type your phone line
supports.


Specifies whether the number should be dialed as a long-distance
call.
Check this box for all numbers outside the local area code.


Displays the phone number to be dialed.


Displays your current country code.


Lists common calling cards in addition to any that you have
previously defined.


Click this to add a new calling card.


Removes the selected calling card from the list.

Click this to set up dialing rules for the specified calling card.
This is useful if your call is not getting through when you use the
default rules for this card.


Provides a space for you to type your calling-card account number.


Provides a space for you to type the rules for dialing calls.
You can use the following characters to specify the rules for
dialing calls:
Enter     To specify
0-9       Dialable digits
ABCD Dialable digits (tone dialing only; used for special control
on some systems)
E         Country code
F         Area code (city code)
G         Local number
H         Card number
*,#       Dialable digits (tone dialing only)
T         Following digits are to be tone dialed
P         Following digits are to be pulse dialed
,         Pause for a fixed time
!         Hookflash (1/2 second on-hook, 1/2 second off-hook)
W         Wait for second dial tone
@         Wait for quiet answer (ringback followed by five seconds
of silence)
$         Wait for calling-card prompt ("bong")
?         Ask for input before dialing continues


Click this to copy the dialing rules from another calling card.


Lists the calling cards that already have dialing rules defined.


Provides a space for you to type the name of the calling card you
are setting up.


 Provides a space for you to type the name of the location you are
setting up.


Disk Space Troubleshooter
This troubleshooter helps you solve problems you may encounter if
you run out of disk space. To free up disk space, just click a
method you want to try, and then carry out the suggested steps.
{ewc ,JI(`',`WIN_DSKTRB_EMPTY_REC_BIN')}     Empty the Recycle Bin
{ewc P!,JI(`',`WIN_DSKTRB_SCANDISK')}  Use ScanDisk to check for
errors that may be using up disk space
{ewc P!,JI(`',`WIN_DSKTRB_BACKUP')}    Back up unneeded files and
remove them from your hard disk
{ewc P!,JI(`',`WIN_DSKTRB_ADDREMOVE_PROGRAMS')}  Remove Windows
components that you don't use
{ewc P!,JI(`',`WIN_DSKTRB_DRIVESPACE')}     Create more disk space
by using DriveSpace disk compression
{ewc P!,AL("PLUSPACK_DISK_TRB",1,`PLUS_PACK_MSG')}    See more
ways to free up disk
space%!AL("PLUSPACK_DISK_TRB,JUMP,PLUS_PACK_MSG")


Empty the Recycle Bin
1    On the desktop, double-click the Recycle Bin.
2    If you do not need the files in the Recycle Bin, click the
File menu, and then click Empty Recycle Bin.
Were there files in the Recycle Bin?
     Yes, I want to see how much free disk space I have now.
     No. I want to free up disk space in other ways.

Check for errors that may be using up disk space
1    Click here   !SH(`ScanDskWdlgClass',`scandskw.exe',-1,0,)  to
start ScanDisk.
2    Click the drive that contains the files and folders you want
to check.
3    Click Start.
Did ScanDisk find errors?
     Yes, I want to see how much free disk space I have now.
     No. I want to free up disk space in other ways.


Remove Windows components that you don't use
1    Click here   !EF(`APPWIZ.CPL',`Add/Remove Programs,2')  to
open the Add/Remove Programs dialog box.
2    In the list, double-click a category, clear the check box for
each program or component you want to remove, and then click OK. 
Do you want to free up more disk space?
     Yes.
     No. I want to see how much free disk space I have now.


Create more disk space by using DriveSpace
1    Click here  
!SH(`DoubleSpaceClass',`drvspace.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6')  to
start DriveSpace.
2    In the Drives On This Computer list, click the drive you want
to compress.
3    On the Drive menu, click Compress.
4    Click Start.
5    If you have not backed up your files, click Back Up Files, and
then follow the instructions on your screen. When you are done,
proceed to step 6.
6    Click Compress Now.
7     If Windows prompts you to restart your computer, click Yes.
     If you want to free up more disk space after your computer
restarts, start the Disk Space Troubleshooter again.
Do you want to free up more disk space?
     Yes.
     No. I want to see how much free disk space I have now.


Back up and delete unneeded files
1    Click here  
!SH(`CBACKA32',`backup.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6')  to start
Backup.
     For information about using Backup, click the Help menu in
Backup, and then click Help topics.
2    When you are finished backing up unneeded files, double-click
the My Computer icon.
3    Locate the file or folder you backed up, and then click it.
4    On the File menu, click Delete. 
5    Repeat steps 3 and 4 until you have deleted all the files or
folders you backed up.
6    Double-click the Recycle Bin icon.
7    If there are files in the Recycle Bin, click the File menu,
and then click Empty Recycle Bin.
Do you want to free up more disk space?
     Yes.
     No. I want to see how much free disk space I have now.


Determine how much free space is on your disk
1    Double-click the My Computer icon.
2    Click the icon for the disk you want to check.
3    On the File menu, click Properties.
Is enough free space available?
     No. I want to free up more disk space.
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")


Windows stores deleted files in the Recycle Bin, which is located
on the desktop. You can use the Recycle Bin to retrieve files you
deleted in error, or empty the Recycle Bin to create more disk
space.
If you cannot see the Recycle Bin, use your right mouse button to
click a blank area of the taskbar, and then click Minimize All
Windows.


You can use My Computer to easily view and manage the contents of
your computer's disk drives. It also enables you to work with and
configure some of the hardware devices that are installed in or
attached to your computer.
If you cannot see the My Computer icon, use your right mouse button
to click a blank area on the taskbar, and then click Minimize All
Windows.


Additional ways to free up disk space are available only if
Microsoft Plus! for Windows 95 is installed on your computer. To
obtain Microsoft Plus! for Windows 95, contact your software
vendor.


MS-DOS Program Troubleshooter
This troubleshooter helps you identify and solve problems related
to using an MS-DOSbased program with Windows. Just click to answer
the questions, and then try the suggested steps to fix the problem.
What's wrong?
     I get a message that the program does not run under Windows.
     I can't install the program.
     The program doesn't run correctly.
     The program runs poorly or not at all, and I am using
DoubleSpace or DriveSpace.
     The program runs in MS-DOS mode, but I want to run it in an
MS-DOS window.
     I get a message that I don't have enough memory to run the
program.
     I can't print from the program.
     I want to start MS-DOS first rather than Windows.

Try running your program in MS-DOS without disk compression
DriveSpace may be using memory needed for your MS-DOSbased
program. To increase available memory, try not loading DriveSpace
and loading only the devices and files needed to run your program.
To start your computer in MS-DOS mode without starting disk
compression 
1    Print this topic for reference by clicking Options and then
clicking Print Topic. Windows Help is not available when you are
starting up or running in MS-DOS mode.
2    Restart your computer. Click the Start button, click Shut
Down, and then click Restart The Computer.
3    When you see the message "Starting Windows95," press F8.
4    Choose Step-by-Step Confirmation.
5    When prompted to load DoubleSpace, press N. This prompt
applies either to DoubleSpace or DriveSpace.
6    Write down the lines and settings you accept in this step and
step 7, so that you can adjust them later if needed.
     When prompted to process your startup drivers (Config.sys),
press Y, and then press Y to accept the lines specifying the
drivers and devices that you think you need to run your program;
press N to all unnecessary drivers.
7    Repeat step 6 for the startup command file (Autoxec.bat).
8    Press N when prompted to load the Windows graphical interface
and to start Windows (WIN).
9    Run your MS-DOSbased program.
Notes
     The program and any files needed to run it must be on a host
(uncompressed) drive. When you choose not to load DriveSpace, you
cannot load any files from a compressed driveyou will get a
message that the file is corrupted or cannot be found.
     Move the files you need to run your program to an uncompressed
drive. For information about increasing the amount of free space on
an uncompressed drive, look up "adjusting free space on a
compressed drive" in the DriveSpace Help Index.
     See your program's documentation to find out what files are
required.
     Running the program correctly may require some trial and error
in choosing which lines to load from Config.sys and Autoexec.bat.
When you have found the settings that work, write them down for
later use.


Change the Advanced settings so that the program does not detect
Windows
1    Using the right mouse button, click the program, and then
click Properties.
2    On the Program tab, click Advanced.
3    Click Prevent This Program From Detecting Windows, click OK,
and then click OK again.
4    Try running the program again.
     If it doesn't work, follow the same procedure to disable the
setting, and then proceed through the next stage of the
troubleshooter below.
Warning
     Make sure you save all your work before attempting to run the
program with this setting.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My program runs correctly now. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. What else could be wrong?


Check the following, and then try installing again
     Make sure you have enough disk space to install the program.
     Make sure the setup program is on the disk you are trying to
install from. 
     If the setup program is named something other than Setup or
Install, click here   !EF(`command.com',`',1,`')  to open an MS-DOS
window, and then try installing it from there.
     Check the program's documentation for special setup
requirements.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. The program installed successfully. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. What else could be wrong?


What's wrong?
     My screen output is garbled.
     I get an "Insufficient file handles" message.
     I get a different message, or no message at all.


Check the settings for the program
1    Click the icon for the program, click the File menu, and then
click Properties.
2    Make sure you have chosen the correct settings as specified in
the program's documentation or by the program's vendor.
3    Click the Screen tab, and then click Full-Screen. (Some
MS-DOSbased programs do not run in a window.)
4    Try running the program again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My program runs correctly now. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. What else could be wrong?


Modify the FILES command in your Config.sys file
1    Click the Start menu, point to Programs, point to Accessories,
and then click WordPad.
2    Open your Config.sys file, usually located in the root of your
startup drive (usually C).
3    Find the line FILES=xxxx. Change the number to a larger
number. If you are running MS-DOSbased programs in Windows, make
sure the number is at least 30.
4    Restart your computer.
5    Try running the program again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My program runs correctly now. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. What else could be wrong?


Try running the program in MS-DOS mode
1    Print this topic for reference by clicking Options and then
clicking Print Topic. Windows Help will not be available when you
are running in MS-DOS mode.
2    Click the Program tab, and then click Advanced. 
3    Click MS-DOS Mode, and then click OK.
4    Find the program's icon, and then double-click it.
     If this doesn't work, contact the vendor of the MS-DOSbased
program.
     If this works, but you don't want to run the program in MS-DOS
mode, return to the MS-DOS Programs Troubleshooter to follow steps
to make the program run correctly in an MS-DOS window.


Try running the program from an MS-DOS window
1    Click here   !EF(`command.com',`',1,`') to start an MS-DOS
window.
2    Type the name of the program, including the path, and then
press ENTER.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. The program runs correctly in an MS-DOS window.
     No. What else could be wrong?


Change the program's settings to match the settings of an MS-DOS
window
1    In an MS-DOS window, click the MS-DOS icon, and then click
Properties.
2    Write down the current settings on a piece of paper.
3    Find your program, and then click its icon.
4    On the File menu, click Properties.
5    Change the settings to match the ones you wrote down, and then
start the program again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. My program runs correctly now. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. What else could be wrong?

Contact the vendor
You have a problem that cannot be resolved by using the MS-DOS
Program Troubleshooter. Contact the vendor of the MS-DOSbased
program.


Run this program in MS-DOS mode only
This program runs poorly, or not at all, in an MS-DOS window. Run
this program in MS-DOS mode.


 Record what the message says
     Write down what the error message says, including how much
memory is needed, in K (kilobytes) or MB (megabytes), and what kind
is needed (conventional, expanded, extended, or DPMI). Some error
messages may not specify any of these.
     Note that all of the memory settings for the MS-DOS
properties, except Initial Environment, are in kilobytes. To
convert megabytes to kilobytes, multiply by 1024. For example, 4
megabytes equals 4096 kilobytes.
How did the message appear?
     It appeared in an MS-DOS  window.
     It appeared in a Windows dialog box with an OK button.


MS-DOS Program Memory Troubleshooter
You may need to adjust more than one type of memory in order for
your program to run. 
First try adjusting the settings for the type of memory specified
in the error message. If you still have trouble, try adjusting one
of the other memory settings below.
What kind of memory does your program need?
     More conventional memory.
     More expanded memory.
     More extended memory.
     The message only specified how much memory is needed, but not
what kind.
     The message did not specify what kind of memory, or how much,
is needed.
     I have tried all of these, and the program still does not have
enough memory. What else can I do?


Check the program's conventional-memory settings
1    Using the right mouse button, click the program's icon, and
then click Properties.
2    Click the Memory tab, and check the settings for conventional
memory.
What is the conventional memory set to?
     It is set to Auto.
     It is set to a number value.


Try setting the conventional memory to Auto
1    Change the conventional-memory setting to Auto.
2    Try running the program again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. I want to try changing other memory settings.
     No. I have changed other memory settings, and the program
still doesn't work. What else could be wrong?


Check the program's expanded-memory settings
1    Using the right mouse button, click the program's icon, and
then click Properties.
2    Click the Memory tab, and check the settings for expanded
memory.
What is the expanded memory set to?
     Auto or a number value, and the original error message told me
how much memory the program needs.
     Auto, but the message did not tell me how much memory the
program needs.
     A number value, but the message did not tell me how much
memory the program needs.
     There is no field for total expanded memory. The computer is
not configured for expanded memory in MS-DOS sessions.


Try to configure your computer for expanded memory
1    Click Details, and follow the instructions on the screen.
2    Try running the program again.
     If you still do not have enough memory to run the program, run
the MS-DOS Program Troubleshooter again.
Note
     You may need to restart your computer after reconfiguring it
for expanded memory.


Set the expanded memory to the amount in the error message 
1    Change the expanded-memory setting to the value specified in
the message. Click OK, and then click OK again.
2    Try running the program again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. I want to try changing other memory settings.
     No. I have changed other memory settings, and the program
still doesn't work. What else could be wrong?

Change the expanded-memory setting
1    Change the expanded-memory setting to 8192. Click OK, and then
click OK again.
2    Try running the program again.
     If you still do not have enough memory, increase the value,
and run the program again. Repeat this a few times and see if it
works.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. It still doesn't work. What else could be wrong?


Change the expanded-memory setting to Auto
     Change the expanded-memory setting to Auto. Click OK, and then
click OK again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. I want to try changing other memory settings.
     No. I have changed other memory settings, and it still doesn't
work. What else could be wrong?


Check the program's extended-memory settings
1    Using the right mouse button, click the program's icon, and
then click Properties.
2    Click the Memory tab, and then check the settings for extended
memory.
What is the extended memory set to?
     Auto or a number value, and the original error message told me
how much memory the program needs.
     Auto, but the message did not tell me how much memory the
program needs.
     A number value, but the message did not tell me how much
memory the program needs.


Set the extended memory to the amount in the error message
1    Change the extended-memory setting to the value specified in
the error message, and then click OK.
2    Try running the program again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. I want to try changing other memory settings.
     No. I have changed other memory settings, and the program
still doesn't work. What else could be wrong?


Change the extended-memory setting
1    Change the extended-memory setting to 8192, and then click OK.
2    Try running the program again.
     If you still do not have enough memory, increase the value,
and run the program again. Repeat this a few times and see if it
works.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. The program still doesn't work. I want to try changing
other memory settings.
     No. I have changed other memory settings, and it still doesn't
work. What else could be wrong?


Change the setting to Auto
1    Change the extended-memory setting to Auto, and then click OK.
2    Try running the program again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. I want to try changing other memory settings.
     No. I have changed other memory settings, and it still doesn't
work. What else could be wrong?


Change the DPMI memory setting to the amount in the error message
1    Using the right mouse button, click the program's icon, and
then click Properties.
2    Click the Memory tab.
3    Set the total value for MS-DOS protected-mode (DPMI) memory to
the value specified in the error message, and then click OK.
4    Try running the program again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. I want to try changing the extended-memory setting.


Try setting the memory to Auto
1    Using the right mouse button, click the program's icon, and
then click Properties.
2    Click the Memory tab.
3    Change the conventional-memory setting to Auto, and then click
OK.
4    Try running the program again.
     If you still do not have enough memory, try changing the value
to Auto for each of the other memory settings, and then run the
program again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. There is no field for total expanded memory. The computer
is not configured for expanded memory in MS-DOS sessions.
     No. I have changed other memory settings, and it still doesn't
work. What else could be wrong?


Shows the icon for the file or files you are looking at.

Displays the name of the file or folder.


Shows how many files and folders were selected when you chose to
look at the properties.


Displays the type of file or folder you are looking at.
If the type is Shortcut, you are looking at the properties for the
shortcut to an item, not for the original item.


Displays the size of the file or folder.


Displays how many files and folders are contained in this folder.


Shows where the file or folder is located on your computer.


Displays the filename in MS-DOS format.
MS-DOS filenames can have up to eight characters with a
three-character extension. An MS-DOS filename can contain only the
letters A through Z, the numbers 0 through 9, and the following
special characters: underscore (_), caret (^), dollar sign ($),
tilde (~), hyphen (-), braces ({ }), at sign (@), quotation mark
("), apostrophe ('), and parentheses ( ). No other special
characters are acceptable. Some programs use the MS-DOS format for
opening and closing your documents.


 Displays the date that the file or folder was created.


Indicates the date that the information in this file or folder was
last changed.

Indicates the date that this file or folder was last opened.


Shows whether this file or folder is read-only, which means it
cannot be changed or accidentally deleted. Click this box to turn
the attribute on or off.
If multiple files are selected, a check mark means that all the
files are read-only. A filled box means that some files are
read-only and some aren't.


Shows whether this file should be archived. Some programs use this
option to control which files are backed up. Click this box to turn
the Archive attribute on or off.
If multiple files are selected, a check mark means that all the
files have the Archive attribute set. A filled box means that some
files have the attribute set and some don't.


Shows whether the file or folder is hidden, which means that you
cannot see or use it unless you know its name. Click this box to
turn the Hidden attribute on or off.
If multiple files are selected, a check mark means that all the
files are hidden. A filled box means that some files are hidden and
some aren't.


Shows whether the file is a system file. System files are required
by Windows in order to run properly, and by default are not shown
in folder listings. Do not delete system files.
If multiple files are selected, a check mark means that all the
files are system files. A filled box means that some files are
system files and some aren't. A folder cannot have the System
attribute set.

Specifies the MS-DOS path, which is the route to the location of
this file or folder. The MS-DOS path includes the drive name, the
names of the folders containing this file or folder, and the MS-DOS
name for this file or folder.


Displays version and copyright information about the program. Click
a category on the left to display the information on the right.


Displays version and copyright information about the file. For more
specific information, click the categories listed below.


Displays the icon for the shortcut you are looking at. To change
it, click Change Icon.

Displays the name of the shortcut. The name of the shortcut does
not have to match the name of the original item that it points to.


Displays the location of the original item that the shortcut points
to.


Displays the name of the item that the shortcut points to. There
are many types of items that a shortcut can point to, such as a
file, folder, part of document, printer, or a computer on the
network.


Displays the type of item that the shortcut points to.


Displays the size of the item that the shortcut points to.


Specifies the folder that contains the original item or some
related files. Sometimes, programs need to use files from other
locations. You may need to specify the folder where these files are
located so that the program can find them.


Provides a space for you to define a keyboard shortcut to start or
switch to this program from Windows. Shortcut keys must include
CTRL and/or ALT and another key; for example, CTRL+Y. You cannot
use ESC, ENTER, TAB, SPACEBAR, PRINT SCREEN, or BACKSPACE. 
No other program can use this key combination. If the shortcut key
conflicts with an access key in a Windows program, the access key
will not work.


Specifies how you want the window to display the item when you open
the shortcut: in a standard window, in a full screen (maximized),
or as a button on the taskbar (minimized).


Click this to change the icon for the shortcut.
This does not change the icon for the original item.

Opens the folder that contains the original item that the shortcut
points to.


Specifies the name of the file that contains the icon for the
shortcut. Some files contain more than one icon, and you can select
a different icon from the Current Icon list.
To use an icon in a different file, type the filename here, or
click Browse to find and select the file.


Shows which icon you are currently using. If other icons are
available, they appear in the list. To change to another icon,
click a different one in the list or specify a new file in the File
Name box.


 Opens a new window every time you open a folder in My Computer.
The previous folder will still be displayed in a window, so you can
switch between them.
The example shows how the windows will open.


Displays the contents of each folder you open in the same window.
To switch back to the previous folder, click    on the toolbar, or
press the BACKSPACE key. 
The example shows how one window stays open and displays the
contents of each folder you open.


Specifies that all files, including hidden and system files, should
be displayed in a folder. For example, click this option if you
want to work with files such as dynamic link libraries (DLLs).


Specifies that certain files should not be displayed in a folder.
The types of files that will not be displayed, including system
files and dynamic link libraries (DLLs), are listed in the box.
Click this option to display only the files you need to work on, or
to protect your system files from accidentally being changed or
deleted.


Displays the path of the folder in the title bar of the window.
Click this option if you understand MS-DOS paths, and you want a
quick way to tell which folder you are in.


Hides the filename extensions for certain files. Click this option
to reduce clutter in your folder windows.

Displays descriptions or labels above the two sides of the Windows
Explorer window. Turn this option off if you want more room to
display your files and folders.


Displays the icon for the type of disk you are looking at.


Displays the name of the disk. To change the name, type a new one
in the box.


Describes the type of disk you are looking at. A local drive is a
hard disk installed in your computer, a network connection is a
disk on someone else's computer, and a floppy disk drive is a drive
in which you can insert a floppy disk.
A CD-ROM drive is a drive that can play a compact disc. A RAM drive
is a drive that has been set up to use your computer's memory as
storage for files and folders. A removable drive is a portable
drive that you can disconnect from your computer and attach to
another computer.


Shows exactly how much space on your disk is used and how much is
free, in both bytes and megabytes.


Displays the total capacity of the disk in both bytes and
megabytes.


Shows how much space on the disk is used (in blue) and how much is
free (in pink).


Displays the drive letter associated with this disk. The drive
letter is used by some programs when you open files on a particular
disk.


Provides a place for you to type a description for the filename
extension. This description appears when you look at folders in
Details view.

Lists the programs that Windows has registered. Click the one you
want to use to open the file. If the program you want is not on
this list, click Other.
If you want to use this program each time you open this file, make
sure the check box is checked.


Click this to choose another program. You'll be able to browse
through the folders on your computer.


Specifies that the next time you open this file, or any other file
having the same filename extension, you want Windows to use the
program you specified here.


Specifies when this drive was last checked for damage. It's a good
idea to periodically check your disk for damage. To check your disk
for damage, click Check Now.


Specifies when files on this disk were last backed up. To back up
files now, click Backup Now.


Specifies when this disk was last defragmented. It's a good idea to
defragment your disk occasionally. Defragmenting a disk organizes
the space on the disk more efficiently, and improves its
performance.
To defragment this disk, click Defragment Now.


Shows the folder in which the file used to be located.


Shows the date when the file was deleted.


 Shows whether the file was marked as Read-Only. You cannot change
the attributes of a deleted file.

Shows whether the file was marked as Hidden. You cannot change the
attributes of a deleted file.


Shows whether the file was modified since it was last backed up.


Shows whether the file was marked as a System file. You cannot
change the attributes of a deleted file.


Displays the file types that are currently registered with Windows.
When a file type is registered, information such as what program
should be used to open files of that type is stored in Windows.
When you click one of the types in the list, the Details area shows
a summary of what filename extension the type has and what program
is used to open it.
To modify or delete one of the currently registered types, click
the type, and then click Edit or Remove.


Click this to register a new file type with Windows.


Click this to remove the selected file type from the list.


Click this to modify the settings of the selected file type. To see
the current settings, click a file type, and then look at the
Details area at the bottom of the dialog box.


Shows the extension and program of the selected file type. To
change these settings, click Edit.


Shows the icon that is associated with the file type.

Click this to change which icon is associated with this file type.


Specifies the description of the file type. This description
appears in folder windows when you display files in Details view.


Specifies the three-letter filename extension for this file type.
All files having this extension will get the icon and commands that
are defined for this file type.


Lists the commands that have been defined for this file type. These
commands will appear on the shortcut menu for the item. To add a
new command, click New. To change an existing command, click the
command, and then click Edit.
You can define as many commands as you want, and you can give them
any name you want. For example, you could create a file type that
has two commands, one called "Open with Notepad" for opening the
file with Notepad, and one called "Open with WordPad" for opening
the file with WordPad. Both of these commands would appear on the
File menu and on the shortcut menu for the item.

Returns all commands for this file type to the default commands.
The default commands were set up by the program or by Windows.


Click this to add a new command for the file type.


Click this to change the selected command.


Click this to remove the selected command.


Specifies whether the file type supports Quick View.

Specifies that the extension for this file type should be visible
in a folder window.


Specifies the name of the command that will appear on the shortcut
menu for the item. Common commands are Open and Print. You can
specify any name you want for the command.
To specify which character is used as the accelerator key, precede
the character with an ampersand (&). For example, the following
command would appear with the letter N underlined: "Open with
&Notepad".
The Application Used To Perform Action box specifies what should
happen when this command is chosen.

Specifies what should happen or which program should be used when
the command specified in the Action box is chosen. Be sure to
include the path to the command and any required parameters.
For example, if you created a command called "Open with Notepad" in
the Action box, you would specify "Notepad.exe".
If the program supports DDE (dynamic data exchange), specify the
program filename here, and click Use DDE, and then specify the DDE
commands required to perform the action you want.


Click this to browse for a program.


 Click this if the program or file type uses DDE (dynamic data
exchange).


Specifies the DDE command for the specified action. Use the %1
replaceable parameter to represent a filename. The %1 is replaced
with the selected file when the command is carried out.
For example, if the specified action is Open, the DDE command for
opening a file is [open("%1")].
This option will work only with programs that support DDE.


Specifies the DDE application string to use to initiate a DDE
conversation with the program.
If you leave this area blank, the command specified in the
Application Used To Perform Action box will be used.


Specifies the DDE command to use if the program is not already
running. Use the %1 replaceable parameter to represent a filename.
The %1 is replaced with the selected file when the command is
carried out.
For example, if you want to specify the action for printing when
the program is not running, you would type:
[open("%1")][print()][quit()].
If this area is blank, the value in the DDE Message area is used.


Specifies the DDE topic string to use to initiate a DDE
conversation with the program. If you do not complete this area,
"System" is used.

Displays any available copyright information for this file.


Shows how long the file takes to play.


Describes the specific audio format used in the file.


Displays the MIDI sequence name.


Describes the specific video format used in the file.


Displays information about this file.


Plays the media file. Click the Play button to play this file.


Displays information about this file. This information was
specified in the program used to create this file. If no
information was specified when the file was saved, you'll see a
message saying that no information is available.
You cannot modify the information here.


Displays information about this file. This information is tracked
by Windows and your program. You cannot modify the information
here.

Lists the available disk drives. Click the one you want to copy
files from.


Lists the available disk drives. Click the one you want to copy
files to. 
The disks must be the same type. 
You can specify the same drive as for the disk you copy from.
Any existing information on the disk will be deleted and replaced
with the information you are copying.


Click this to start copying.



To see what's on your computer
1    Double-click the My Computer icon.
2    Double-click the icon for the drive you want to look at.
     Windows displays the files and folders on the drive. Folders
can contain files, programs, and even other folders.
3    To open a file or folder, or start a program, double-click it.
Tips
     To switch back to the previous folder, click   on the toolbar
or press the BACKSPACE key. If the toolbar is not visible, click
the View menu, and then click Toolbar.
     To see the hierarchy of all folders on your computer, you can
use Windows Explorer. Click the Start menu, point to Programs, and
then click Windows Explorer.

{ewc ,AL("a-hierarchy")} Related Topics%!AL("a-hierarchy")


To see the hierarchy of folders on a disk drive
1    Click the Start button.
2    Point to Programs, and then click Windows Explorer.
3    Click a folder on the left side of the window to display its
contents on the right.
     Click the plus signs (+) to display more folders.
Tips
     To change the size of either side of the window, drag the bar
that separates the two sides.
     To quickly open a folder and display its subfolders,
double-click the folder on the left side of the window.


To open a file or folder
1    Double-click the My Computer icon.
2    Double-click the drive that contains the file.
3    To open a file or folder, double-click it.
Tips
     To change the way files are displayed, try the commands on the
View menu.
     If the file is on someone else's computer, double-click the
Network Neighborhood icon instead of My Computer.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_TRAY_OPEN_DOC")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_TRAY_OPEN_DOC")


To move a file or folder
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, click the file or folder
you want to move.
2    On the Edit menu, click Cut.
3    Open the folder where you want to put the file or folder.
4    On the Edit menu, click Paste.
Tip
     To select more than one file or folder to move, hold down the
CTRL key, and then click the items you want.

{ewc ,AL("a-openfolder;a-link;A_COPY_FILES;a-dragdrop")} Related
Topics%!AL("a-openfolder;a-link;A_COPY_FILES;a-dragdrop")


To delete a file or folder
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, locate the file or folder
you want to delete.
2    Click the file or folder.
3    On the File menu, click Delete.
Tips
     If you want to retrieve a file you have deleted, look in the
Recycle Bin. Your deleted file remains in the Recycle Bin until you
empty it.
     You can also drag file or folder icons onto the Recycle Bin
icon. If you press SHIFT while dragging, the item will be deleted
from your computer without being stored in the Recycle Bin.

{ewc
,AL("a-openfolder;a-dragdrop;WIN_WASTE_FREEING_SPACE;WINDOWS_WAST
E_RETRIEVE_FILES")} Related
Topics%!AL("a-openfolder;a-dragdrop;WIN_WASTE_FREEING_SPACE;WINDO
WS_WASTE_RETRIEVE_FILES")


To create a new folder
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, open the folder in which
you want to create a new folder.
2    On the File menu, point to New, and then click Folder. The new
folder appears with a temporary name.
3    Type a name for the new folder, and then press ENTER.

{ewc P!,AL("a-openfolder")} Related Topics%!AL("a-openfolder")

 To change the name of a file or folder
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, click the file or folder
you want to rename. You do not need to open it.
2    On the File menu, click Rename.
3    Type the new name, and then press ENTER.
Tip
     A filename can contain up to 255 characters, including spaces.
But, it cannot contain any of the following characters: \ / : * ?
" < > |

{ewc ,AL("a-openfolder")} Related Topics%!AL("a-openfolder")


To copy a file or folder
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, click the file or folder
you want to copy.
2    On the Edit menu, click Copy.
3    Open the folder or disk where you want to put the copy.
4    On the Edit menu, click Paste.
Tip
     To select more than one file or folder to copy, hold down the
CTRL key, and then click the items you want.

{ewc ,AL("a-openfolder;a-link;a-dragdrop;WIN_COPY_FILE_TO_FLOPPY")}
Related
Topics%!AL("a-openfolder;a-link;a-dragdrop;WIN_COPY_FILE_TO_FLOPP
Y")


To copy a file to a floppy disk
1    Insert the disk in the floppy disk drive.
2    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, click the file you want to
copy.
3    On the File menu, point to Send To, and then click the drive
you want to copy the file to.

{ewc P!,AL("a-openfolder;a-link;a-dragdrop")} Related
Topics%!AL("a-openfolder;a-link;a-dragdrop")


To select multiple files and folders
     In the folder window, hold down the CTRL key, and then click
each item you want to select.
     To select all the files and folders in the window, click the
Edit menu, and then click Select All.
     To select a group of files that are next to each other, hold
down the mouse button and drag a rectangle around the files you
want to select.


To put a shortcut on the desktop
1    Click the item, such as a file, program, folder, printer, or
computer, that you want to create a shortcut to.
2    On the File menu, click Create Shortcut.
3    Drag the shortcut icon onto the desktop.
Tips
     You can use the shortcut as a fast way to open the item.
     To change any settings for the shortcut, such as what kind of
window it starts in or what key combination is used to access it,
use your right mouse button to click the shortcut, and then click
Properties.
     To delete a shortcut, drag it to the Recycle Bin. The original
item will still exist on the disk where it is stored.

{ewc ,AL("a-openfolder;a-dragdrop")} Related
Topics%!AL("a-openfolder;a-dragdrop")


To create a shortcut in a folder
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, open the folder you want
to create the shortcut in.
2    On the File menu, point to New, and then click Shortcut.
3    Follow the instructions on the screen.

{ewc P!,AL("a-link;a-dragdrop")} Related
Topics%!AL("a-link;a-dragdrop")


To change file or folder properties
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, click the file or folder
whose properties you want to change.
2    On the File menu, click Properties.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.

{ewc ,AL("a-openfolder")} Related Topics%!AL("a-openfolder")


To change the appearance of items in a folder
     In My Computer or Windows Explorer, click the View menu, and
then click one of the following commands: Large Icons, Small Icons,
List, or Details. Experiment to find the view you prefer.
     You can also sort the items by name, size, date, and type,
depending on the view. Experiment with the Arrange Icons command on
the View menu.
Tip
     To see a description of what each menu command does, rest your
pointer over it; information about the command appears in the
status bar at the bottom of the window. If the status bar is not
displayed, click the View menu, and then click the Status Bar
command.


To see all files and filename extensions
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, open the folder you want
to look at.
2    On the View menu, click Options.
3    Click the View tab, and then click Show All Files.
     If you want to see all filename extensions, make sure the Hide
MS-DOS File Extensions box is not checked.

To name a disk
1    Double-click the My Computer icon.
2    Click the disk you want to name, click the File menu, and then
click Properties.
3    In the Label box, type a name for the disk. To change an
existing label, select it, and then type a new name.
     The label can contain up to 11 characters.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To determine how much space is available on a disk
1    Double-click the My Computer icon, and then click the disk you
want to check.
2    On the File menu, click Properties.
     A pie chart shows how much free and used space is on the disk.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To format a disk
1    If the disk you want to format is a floppy disk, insert it
into its drive. Otherwise, go to step 2.
2    Double-click the My Computer icon, and then click the icon for
the disk you want to format.
     Be sure not to double-click the disk icon, because you can't
format a disk if it is open in My Computer or Windows Explorer.
3    On the File menu, click Format.
Notes
     Formatting a disk removes all information from the disk.
     You cannot format a disk if there are files open on that disk.
     If the disk has been compressed, use DriveSpace, or other
compression software, to format the disk.
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To make a copy of a floppy disk
1    In My Computer, click the icon for the disk you want to copy.
2    On the File menu, click Copy Disk.
3    Click the drive you want to copy from and the drive you want
to copy to, and then click Start.
Notes
     You can use the same drive for both disks.
     The disks must be the same type.
     Any existing information on the disk you copy to will be
deleted.


To create or modify a file type
1    Double-click the My Computer icon.
2    On the View menu, click Options, and then click the File Types
tab.
3    To create a new file type, click New Type.
     To modify the settings for an existing file type, click the
type, and then click Edit.
4    Specify a description for the file type and the filename
extension associated with this type of file.
5    Click New to define an action for this file type.
     If you are modifying an existing type, you can click the
command in the Action box that you want to modify, and then click
Edit.
6    Specify the action that you want to define, such as Open or
Print, and the command that should run to complete this action.
7    Repeat steps 5 and 6 for as many actions as you want to define
for this file type.
Tips
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.
     Creating a file type is similar to associating a file in
Windows version 3.1, but you can specify actions for more than just
opening the file; for example, you can specify which program should
be used for printing the document.


To change which program starts when you open a file
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, click the View menu, and
then click Options.
2    Click the File Types tab.
3    In the list of file types, click the one you want to change.
     The settings for that file type are shown in the File Type
Details box.
4    Click Edit.
5    In the Actions box, click Open.
6    Click Edit, and then specify the program you want to use to
open files that have this extension.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To display the full MS-DOS path in the title bar
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, click the View menu, and
then click Options.
2    Click the View tab.
3    Make sure the option for displaying the full MS-DOS path is
checked.


To use shortcut menus
     Instead of using the standard menus to find the command you
need, use the right mouse button to click a file or folder.
     The menu that appears shows the most frequently used commands
for that file or folder.
Tip
     You can also use the right mouse button to click an empty
space on the taskbar or desktop.


To use drag and drop instead of menus
1    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, find the file or folder
you want to work with.
2    Make sure the place you want to drag the file or folder to is
visible.
3    Drag the file or folder to the destination.
     The result depends on the type of file you selected and the
destination. For example, to print a file, drag it to the printer
icon.
Tips
     If you use your right mouse button to drag, a menu will appear
with the available options.
     If you drag a file to a folder on the same disk, it will be
moved. If you drag it to a folder on another disk, it will be
copied. 
     You can hold down a key while dragging for the following:
     To move a file, use SHIFT.
     To copy a file, use CTRL.
     To create a shortcut, use CTRL+SHIFT.

{ewc ,AL("A_WIN_FCAB_SENDTO;a-link")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_WIN_FCAB_SENDTO;a-link")

To quickly send files to another place
1    Use your right mouse button to click the file you want to
send.
2    Point to Send To, and then click the destination.
Tip
     You can add other destinations to the Send To command. In the
Send To folder, located in your Windows folder, create shortcuts to
the destinations you send files to often; for example, a printer,
fax, or particular folder.

{ewc ,AL("A_WIN_FCAB_CREATE_NEW_SHORTCUT")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_WIN_FCAB_CREATE_NEW_SHORTCUT")


To put part of a document on the desktop
1    In your document, select the text or graphic that you want to
copy.
2    Drag it to the desktop.
     A scrap is created. You can now drag this scrap to other
documents or programs.
Note
     You can use this feature only if your program supports
drag-and-drop functions for OLE.


A scrap is a file that is created when you drag part of a document
to the desktop.


Click Help Topics to return to the list of topics.


Specifies how much data the disk can hold. To select a different
capacity, click the down arrow, and then click an option in the
list.


 Removes all files from the disk but doesn't scan the disk for bad
sectors. The quick format option will only work on disks that have
previously been formatted. You should choose a quick format only if
you are sure that your disk is not damaged.


Prepares a disk so that you can store information on it. If the
disk has any files on it, formatting will remove the files.
If you are formatting a floppy disk, it will be scanned for bad
sectors after it is formatted. If you are formatting a hard disk,
it will not be checked for errors; and if it previously had errors,
that information won't be saved. If you use this option on a hard
disk, run ScanDisk on the disk after you have formatted it.


Copies system files to a disk that is already formatted, without
erasing the files already on the disk. 
If you copy system files to a disk that you can use in your startup
drive (drive A or C on most computers), you can start your computer
by using that disk.


Provides a space for you to type a name for the formatted disk so
you can easily identify it later.

Specifies that you do not want to name the formatted disk.


Displays information about the disk after formatting is finished.
The report shows how much space is available on the disk and how
much is taken up by system files or bad sectors.


Copies system files to the disk after it is formatted.
If you copy system files to a disk that you can use in your startup
drive (drive A or C on most computers), you can start your computer
by using that disk.


Starts formatting the disk using the options you've specified.


Displays a preview of the file you selected. 
To edit the file, click the File menu, and then click Open File For
Editing.


To preview a document
1    In a folder window, click the document you want to preview.
2    On the File menu, click Quick View.
     If the Quick View command is not on the File menu, there is no
file viewer available for the type of file, or Quick View is not
installed. To find out how to install it, click Related Topics
below.
Tips
     To change the way the document appears, click a command on the
View menu in Quick View.
     To preview a document on the desktop, use your right mouse
button to click the document, and then click Quick View.
     To preview another document, drag its icon into the Quick View
window.
     To edit the document, click the File menu, and then click Open
File For Editing.

{ewc ,AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_FIND_FILE;a-hierarchy")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_FIND_FILE;a-hierarchy")


To change number, currency, time, and date settings
1    Click here   !EF(`intl.cpl',`Regional Settings,0')  to display
properties for regional settings.
2    In the list, click the region whose date, time, number, and
currency format you want to use. 

{ewc ,AL("WIN_KBD_NEW_LANG_AND_LAYOUT")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_KBD_NEW_LANG_AND_LAYOUT")


To change the way your computer displays numbers
1    Click here   !EF(`INTL.CPL',`Regional Settings,1')  to display
properties for regional settings.
2    Make any necessary changes. 
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To change the way currency values appear
1    Click here   !EF(`INTL.CPL',`Regional Settings,2')  to display
properties for regional settings.
2    Make any necessary changes. 
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.

To change the way your computer displays the time
1    Click here   !EF(`INTL.CPL',`Regional Settings,3')  to display
properties for regional settings.
2    Make any necessary changes. 
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To change the way your computer displays the date
1    Click here   !EF(`INTL.CPL',`Regional Settings,4')  to display
properties for regional settings.
2    Make any necessary changes. 
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


Provides a way for you to choose a regional setting by clicking an
area on the map. For a list of currently available settings, use
the list box. 


Lists the regional settings from which you can choose. Choosing a
regional setting automatically changes settings on the Number,
Currency, Time, and Date tabs to match those of the region. These
settings affect the way some programs display and sort dates,
times, currency, and numbers.


After you click Apply, this area shows how Windows displays the
settings in the Time Style, Time Separator , AM Symbol, and PM
Symbol boxes. 


Specifies that the time is before noon when you use a 12-hour time
format. 


Specifies that the time is after noon when you use a 12-hour time
format.


Changes the symbol that separates hours, minutes, and seconds.



Changes the way Windows displays the time. Use the letters in the
following table to change the time style, and then click Apply. The
new time style appears in the Time Sample box.    
To display     Use  
Time in 24-hour format   Uppercase H or HH for the hour     
Time in 12-hour format   Lowercase h or hh for the hour     
Leading zeros in single-digit 
hours, minutes, or seconds    Uppercase HH, or lowercase hh, mm, or
ss   
No zeros in single-digit 
hours, minutes, or seconds    Uppercase H, or lowercase h, m, or
s    
A single letter to indicate AM or PM    Lowercase t    
Two letters to indicate AM or PM   Lowercase tt   
Text Use single quotation marks (') around text   

After you click Apply, this area shows how positive numbers appear
based on the tab settings.


 After you click Apply, this area shows how negative numbers appear
based on the tab settings.


Specifies which symbol indicates decimal values.


Specifies how many digits appear to the right of the decimal
symbol.


Specifies the symbol that groups the digits in large numbers. 


Specifies how many digits appear between digit-grouping symbols. 


Specifies which symbol shows that a number is negative.


Specifies whether a zero appears before the decimal symbol in
decimal values.


Specifies how Windows displays negative numbers.

Specifies which system of measurement your computer uses.


Specifies which character separates the items in a list. 


After you click Apply, this area shows how Windows displays
positive currency values based on the tab settings.


After you click Apply, this area shows how Windows displays
negative currency values based on the tab settings.


Displays a placeholder that appears in the Position Of Currency
Symbol and Negative Number Format boxes. The placeholder represents
the setting that is specified in the Currency Symbol box.


Specifies which symbol identifies the currency of a particular
region.


Specifies where the currency symbol appears in relation to a
currency value. A placeholder symbol represents the setting that is
specified in the Currency Symbol box.


Specifies how Windows displays negative currency values. A
placeholder symbol represents the setting that is specified in the
Currency Symbol box.


Specifies which symbol separates units of currency. 

Specifies how many digits appear after the decimal symbol in a
currency value.


Specifies the symbol that groups the digits in large currency
values. 


Specifies how many digits appear between digit-grouping symbols. 


After you click Apply, this area shows how Windows will display the
date based on the settings in the Short Date Style and Date
Separator list boxes.



Changes the way Windows displays the short version of the date. Use
the letters in the following table to change the short date style,
and then click Apply. The new short date style appears in the Short
Date Sample box.    
To display     Use  
Numbers with no leading zeros for single-digit days, years, or
months    Lowercase d or y, or uppercase M   
Numbers with leading zeros for single-digit days, years, or
months    Lowercase dd or yy, or uppercase MM     
Three-letter abbreviations for 
the day, year, or month  Lowercase ddd or yyy, or uppercase MMM  
Text Use single quotation marks (') around text   


Specifies which character separates the day, month, and year. 


 After you click Apply, this area shows how Windows displays the
setting in the Long Date Style list box. 



Changes the way Windows displays the long version of the date. Use
the letters in the following table to change the long date style,
and then click Apply. The new long date style appears in the Long
Date Sample box.    
To display     Use  
Numbers with no leading zeros for single-digit days, years, or
months    Lowercase d or y, or uppercase M   
Numbers with leading zeros for single-digit days, years, or
months    Lowercase dd or yy, or uppercase MM     
Three-letter abbreviations for 
the day, year, or month  Lowercase ddd or yyy, or uppercase MMM  
The full name of the day, year, or month     Lowercase dddd or
yyyy, or uppercase MMMM  
Text Use single quotation marks (') around text   


Shows which calendar Windows is using. The options listed in this
box are determined by your regional setting. Switching calendars
changes the names of months and days. It also affects the number of
days in weeks and months, the number of months in a year, and when
months and years begin. 

Click this to quit the selected program without having to restart
your computer.
This is useful if one of the programs on your computer has stopped
responding. The message "Not responding" will appear next to the
program on the list. 
Note that any information you have entered using this program since
the last time you saved will be lost.


Click this to quit all the programs listed so you can turn off or
restart your computer. Any programs listed as "Not responding" will
be shut down, and any information you've entered in those programs
since the last time you saved will be lost. You will be prompted to
save changes before other programs are shut down.
You can use this option to shut down your computer at any time, but
it is especially useful if you need to shut down because one or
more of your programs is not responding.


The items listed are programs that are running on your computer.
If the message "Not responding" appears next to a program on the
list, you need to quit the program. To quit the program, click its
name on this list, and then click End Task. 
Note that any information you have entered using this program since
the last time you saved will be lost. 


Adjusts the amount of time that elapses before a character begins
repeating when you hold down a key.


Adjusts the speed at which a character repeats when you hold down
a key.


Provides a place for you to test Repeat Delay and Repeat Rate
settings.


Shows what type of keyboard you are using. To set up a new
keyboard, click Change.


Click this to install the software for a new keyboard. 


Adjusts the speed at which the cursor (or insertion point) blinks.
Changing the blink rate can make the cursor easier to locate.

Shows the speed at which the cursor (or insertion point) will
blink. A cursor that blinks quickly is generally easier to locate.
To change the cursor blink rate, drag the slider.


Lists the language(s) and keyboard layout(s) that Windows loads
into memory every time you start your computer. If you want to
quickly switch between languages and keyboard layouts while using
Windows, make sure the Enable Indicator On Taskbar box below is
checked. This causes a language indicator to appear on the taskbar.
You can click the indicator to display a menu that lists all
installed languages.


Shows which language setting Windows will use by default whenever
you start your computer.


Click this to add a language or keyboard layout to the list. When
you start your computer, Windows will load the listed language(s)
and keyboard layout(s) into memory.


Click this to change settings for the selected language and
keyboard layout.


Deletes the selected language and keyboard layout from the list.
Windows will no longer load that language and keyboard layout into
memory when you start your computer.


Sets the selected language and keyboard layout as the default.
Windows will use this setting every time you start your computer.


Specifies which keys (if any) you can use to switch between
installed languages and keyboard layouts. Use this key combination
if you are working in one language and want to switch to another
one quickly.


Displays an indicator on the taskbar. You can easily switch between
languages by clicking this indicator.

Enables you to switch between installed keyboard languages and
layouts. To switch to another language and layout, click this
indicator, and then click the language and layout you want to
switch to.


Enables you to display a graphic keyboard layout when you use your
right mouse button to click the language indicator on the taskbar.
This is especially useful if the keyboard layout you are using
differs from your computer's physical keyboard layout.


 Lists the languages that Windows can load into memory every time
you start your computer.


Shows which language you are modifying the keyboard layout for.


Lists the keyboard layouts that you can use with the selected
language. Windows will load the language and the keyboard layout
you choose into memory every time you start your computer.


To change the way your keyboard responds
1    Click here   !EF(`main.cpl',`Keyboard,0')  to display Keyboard
properties.
2    If you want to adjust how much time elapses before a held-down
key begins repeating, drag the Repeat Delay slider.
     If you want to adjust how quickly characters repeat when you
hold down a key, drag the Repeat Rate slider.
Tip
     You can test the repeat delay and repeat rate by clicking the
box below the sliders, and then holding down a key.


To adjust the rate at which your cursor blinks 
1    Click here   !EF(`main.cpl',`Keyboard,0')  to display Keyboard
properties.
2    In the Cursor Blink Rate area, drag the slider.


To add a language or keyboard layout
1    Click here   !EF(`main.cpl',`Keyboard,1')  to display Keyboard
properties.
2    Click Add.
3    Select the language you want to add, and then click OK.
4    Make sure Enable Indicator On Taskbar is checked.
Tips
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.
     When Enable Indicator On Taskbar is checked, and you have two
or more languages installed, an indicator representing the default
language appears on the taskbar. To quickly switch between
languages, click the indicator, and then click the language you
want to use.

{ewc ,AL("KEYB_CREATE_MULTILING_DOC;KEYB_INST_MULTI_LANG_SUPPORT")}
Related
Topics%!AL("KEYB_CREATE_MULTILING_DOC;KEYB_INST_MULTI_LANG_SUPPOR
T")


To change the keyboard layout for an installed language
1    Click here   !EF(`main.cpl',`Keyboard,1')  to display Keyboard
properties.
2    In the list, click the language whose keyboard layout you want
to change, and then click Properties.
3    Select a different keyboard layout.

To delete a language or keyboard layout
1    Click here   !EF(`main.cpl',`Keyboard,1')  to display Keyboard
properties.
2    In the list, click the language and keyboard layout you want
to delete, and then click Remove.


To create a multilingual document
1    If you want to create documents in Central European, Cyrillic,
Baltic, Greek, or Turkish-based languages, make sure multilanguage
support is installed.
     For information about installing multilanguage support, click
Related Topics below.
2    Make sure the languages you want to use are installed.
     For information, click Related Topics.
3    Open the program you want to use to create the document.
4    Click the language indicator on the taskbar, and then choose
the language you want to use.
5    If you are creating a document in a Central European,
Cyrillic, Baltic, Greek, or Turkish-based language, choose the
TrueType font that is compatible with the language you chose in
step 4.
6    If you want to type text in another language, repeat steps 4
and 5.
Note
     This feature works only for those products that support
TrueType fonts.

{ewc
,AL("WIN_KBD_NEW_LANG_AND_LAYOUT;KEYB_INST_MULTI_LANG_SUPPORT")}
Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_KBD_NEW_LANG_AND_LAYOUT;KEYB_INST_MULTI_LANG_SUPP
ORT")


To install multilanguage support
1    Click here   !EF(`appwiz.cpl',`Add/Remove Programs,2')  to
open the Add/Remove Programs dialog box.
2    Click Multilanguage Support, and then click Details.
3    Make sure a check mark appears beside the language or
languages you want to use.
4    Click OK, and then click OK again.
5    The changes will take effect after your computer restarts.
Note
     You can use Windows to create documents in many different
languages. However, to create documents in a Central European,
Cyrillic, Baltic, Greek, or Turkish-based language, you must
install multilanguage support.


By choosing a language, you specify what language you want to type
in. Some programs that are designed for Windows 95 recognize this
setting. When you add a new language, a keyboard layout for that
language is also added.


Keyboard layouts vary to accommodate the special characters and
symbols used in different languages. This affects which characters
appear when you press the keys on your keyboard. After you change
your keyboard layout, the characters that appear on your screen may
no longer correspond to the characters that are printed on your
keyboard's keys.


Memory Troubleshooter
This troubleshooter helps you identify and solve problems If you
get an error message saying your computer doesn't have enough
memory to run a program. Just click to answer the questions, and
then try the suggested steps to fix the problem.
Have you tried restarting your computer?
     No, I have not.
     No. I want to try other steps first.
     Yes. I've restarted the computer and I'm still having trouble.


Quit any programs you don't need
     Close any documents you aren't working on, and then quit any
programs you are not using. Then try to start the program again.
Did this help?
     Yes. I can run the program now. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. I am still having trouble.


Delete some files you no longer need
If you have files on your hard disk that you no longer need, they
could be taking up space that Windows could use for memory
management. 
The Disk Space Troubleshooter helps you free up disk space.
     Start the Disk Space Troubleshooter.
     I want to try restarting my computer first.


Restart your computer
     Click the Start button, and then click Shut Down. Then click
Restart The Computer. 
     You may need to close some programs before you shut down.
     If this problem does not go away after you have restarted the
computer, start the Memory Troubleshooter again.
     Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")

Check the StartUp group for programs you don't need
1    For reference, you might want to print this procedure by
clicking Options and then clicking Print Topic.
2    Click the Start button, point to Programs, and then point to
StartUp.
3    Check the StartUp group for unnecessary programs that start
automatically when Windows95 starts.
4    Remove any unnecessary programs, and then restart your
computer.
     You may need to close some programs before you shut down.
     If this problem does not go away after you have restarted the
computer, start the Memory Troubleshooter again.
Did this solve the problem?
     Yes. I can run the program now. Close the troubleshooter.
%!CW("proc4")
     No. I am still having trouble. 
     How do I remove a program from the StartUp group?


Reserve hard-disk space as extra memory
1    For reference, you might want to print this procedure by
clicking Options and then clicking Print Topic.
2    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,3')  to display System
properties.
3    Make sure Let Windows Manage My Virtual Memory Settings is
checked, and then click OK.
4    Try to start the program again.
Tip
     The size of the space reserved for memory changes depending on
available disk space.
Did this help?
     Yes! I can run the program now. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. The box is checked and I am still having trouble.


Next step
You've run into a problem that the Memory Troubleshooter can't help
you solve. 
If you have files on your hard disk that you no longer need, they
could be taking up space that Windows could use for memory
management. Try running the Disk Space Troubleshooter, if you
haven't already done so.
For more information, try looking in the documentation for your
computer. 
     Go back to the beginning of the troubleshooter.
     Start the Disk Space Troubleshooter.
     Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")


Lists schemes that you can use to simultaneously change the sounds
assigned to many system events. Each scheme consists of a set of
events and the sounds associated with them.


Click this to save your current event settings. The name you
specify will appear in the Schemes list, so you can easily restore
these settings later.


Deletes the selected scheme.


Lists the events to which you can assign sounds. To assign a sound,
click an event, and then click a sound in the Name list.


 Lists the available sounds that you can associate with program
events. To play a sound, click its name, and then click the  
button. If a sound you want to use does not appear in the list,
click Browse. 


Click this to search for sounds on other drives or in other
folders. 

Enables you to play sound files. To play a file, click it, and then
click the   button. To stop playing a file, click the   button.


Displays information about the selected sound. If this button is
unavailable, there is no additional information.


Plays the selected sound.


Stops playing the selected sound.


Provides a place for you to type a name for the event scheme. This
name will appear in the Schemes list, so you can easily restore
these settings later.


Adjusts the volume of all sounds played through your computer's
audio hardware. This setting is unavailable if you must physically
change the volume on your audio hardware and cannot change it using
software.


Displays an indicator on the taskbar that you can use to quickly
change your audio hardware's playback volume. This setting is
unavailable if you must physically change the volume on your audio
hardware and cannot change it using software.


Lists the audio hardware available on your computer. 


Adjusts the volume of the sounds you record using your computer's
audio hardware. The recording volume affects how loud sounds are
when you play them back. This setting is unavailable if you must
physically change the volume on your audio hardware and cannot
change it using software.

Lists the audio hardware available on your computer. 


Lists the sound qualities that you can choose from. Note that
higher quality sound files are larger than lower quality sound
files. To change settings for the selected sound quality or create
custom recording formats, click Customize.


Click this to change settings for the selected sound quality or to
create custom recording formats.


Limits your programs to using only the selected sound cards. If you
use programs that require a specific type of sound card, and that
sound card is selected in the Preferred Device lists above, check
this box. If your programs can use any sound card on your computer,
clear this box. 


Lists audio formats that you can use. Each name refers to a format
and a set of attributes. You can add your own names to the list by
changing the values in the Format and Attributes areas, and then
clicking Save As.


Click this to save your current format and attribute settings under
a new name. The name you specify will appear in the Name list, so
you can easily restore these settings later.


Provides a place for you to type a name for the specified settings.
The name you type will appear in the Name list, so you can easily
restore these settings later.


Removes the selected name from the Name list.


Lists the audio formats that your computer supports.

Lists the available attributes for the selected format. These
attributes typically include the sampling frequency, number of
channels, and other settings.


Shows the instrument on which Windows plays MIDI output. This
instrument is generally used by games.


Lists the instruments that are installed on your computer. To
select a different instrument, click it. 


 Enables you to select a MIDI scheme, modify an existing scheme, or
create a new one. If you have several MIDI instruments, you can
assign those instruments to different channels by clicking
Configure.


Lists schemes that you can use to simultaneously change some or all
of your channel assignments. To create a new scheme or modify an
existing one, click it, and then click Configure.


Click this to assign channels to MIDI instruments. If you have more
than one MIDI instrument, you can specify which channel each
instrument uses.


Click this to set up a new MIDI instrument. 


Lists the MIDI scheme(s) for which you can change settings. To
modify a scheme, click it, and then click a channel. Click Change,
and then select a new instrument. To save changed settings under a
different name, click Save As.


Click this to save your current settings under a different name.
The name you specify will appear in the Scheme list, so you can
easily restore these settings later.

Click this to delete the currently selected scheme.


Lists the instruments associated with a channel. To add or
configure instruments, click a channel, and then click Change.


Click this to assign a different instrument to the selected
channel.


Provides a place for you to type a name for your current
configuration settings. The name you type will appear in the Scheme
list box, so you can easily restore these settings later. 


Shows which channel you are assigning a new instrument to.


Lists the instruments installed on your computer. Select the
instrument you want to assign to the selected channel.


Shows how large a video clip will be on your screen. The size of
the window in this illustration corresponds to the setting that is
currently selected in the Show Video In area.


Enlarges a video clip and gives it exclusive access to your screen.
Note that video clips run optimally at their original size. Video
clips that you run full screen may not run optimally, but they will
run better than in a maximized window or in a window that is a
fraction of the screen size.


Lists the window sizes from which you can choose. Note that video
clips are designed to run optimally at their original size. If you
change the size, your video clips may not play smoothly and may
appear to be grainy.

Lists the CD-ROM drives on your computer. If you have more than one
CD-ROM drive, you can set the volume for each of them individually.
Media Player, CD Player, and other programs will use the selected
drive as the default.


Changes the volume for the headphones that are attached to your CD
player. 


Lists joysticks. If you have more than one joystick, click the one
you want to configure, and then change its settings in the Joystick
Configuration area.


Lists the types of joysticks you can choose. Make sure the type of
joystick you have is selected. If your joystick is not listed,
click Custom. To calibrate your joystick, click Calibrate. 

Click this to test your joystick's calibration. If you have not yet
calibrated your joystick, click Calibrate.


Click this to calibrate your joystick. This sets the range of
motion for your joystick. If your joystick has a throttle,
point-of-view (POV)  hat, or rudder controls, you can also
calibrate these features.


Enables you to use rudder controls. If this check box is
unavailable, you either do not have a rudder control or you
specified a four-axes joystick in the Custom Joystick dialog box.


Resets your joystick to the default value range. Some games reset
your joystick's value range, causing it to function incorrectly
with other games.


 Enables you to test your joystick's point-of-view (POV) hat, if it
has one. To test the POV hat, move it up, left, right, and down. If
it doesn't respond correctly, recalibrate it.

Enables you to test your joystick's rudder controls if it has them.
To test the rudder controls, move them from side to side. If they
don't respond correctly, recalibrate them.


Enables you to test your joystick's throttle control, if it has
one. To test the throttle control, move it back and forth. If it
doesn't respond correctly, recalibrate it.


Enables you to test your joystick's range of motion. To test your
joystick, move its handle around in circles. If it doesn't respond
correctly, recalibrate it.


Enables you to test your joystick's buttons by pressing them.
Button number assignments are determined by your joystick's
manufacturer.


Specifies how many axes your joystick has. Although there are
exceptions, two-axes joysticks typically provide up-and-down and
side-to-side motion. Three-axes joysticks generally provide a
throttle control. Four-axes joysticks usually provide a rudder.


Specifies how many buttons your joystick has. If you are unsure
about the number of buttons, choose 4. Then test to see if the
third and fourth buttons work. 


Enables you to choose one of the special features below.


Specifies that your joystick has a point-of-view (POV) hat. A POV
hat enables you to specify the position or direction from which to
view an object on your screen.


Specifies that you have a controller for flight-simulator programs.

Specifies that you have a touch-directional controller that moves
in eight directions and usually has two to four buttons.


Specifies that your controller has a steering wheel and gas and
brake pedals.


Lists categories of multimedia devices. To view all the device
drivers in a category, click the plus (+) sign next to the category
name. To change the settings for a specific device driver, click
it, and then click Properties. 


Click this to change settings for the selected device driver. If
this button is unavailable, click the plus (+) sign beside a
category name, and then click a device driver. 


Enables your programs to use this device driver.


Prevents your programs from using this device driver. The driver
remains on your disk, but Windows no longer loads it into memory
when you start your computer.


Prevents your programs from using this device driver. Unless one of
your programs specifically requests it, this device will not be
used.


Removes this device driver from your hard disk. If you choose this
option, you will have to use the Add New Hardware wizard in Control
Panel to reinstall it.


Click this to change settings for this device driver. If this
button is unavailable, the driver does not have any settings you
can change.

Changes the priority of this audio codec. When audio codecs are
equally capable of compression, Windows uses them in the order of
the priority assigned to them.


Displays information about this audio codec. The codec's
manufacturer provides this information.


Lists the instruments that are currently installed on your
computer. To add a new instrument, click Add New Instrument.


Shows the name of the selected instrument.


 Shows which MIDI port on your sound card this instrument is
plugged into.


Click this if the definition file you want to use doesn't appear in
the Instrument Definition list, and you have the definition file
you want to use on a disk.


Displays the name of the selected instrument's definition file and,
if applicable, any individual definition names within that file.
The definition file contains information about how Windows
communicates with the selected instrument. If the definition file
you want to use doesn't appear in the Instrument Definition list,
click Browse.


To assign sounds to program events
1    Click here   !EF(`mmsys.cpl',`Sounds,0')  to display Sounds
properties.
2    In the Events list, click the event you want to assign a sound
to.
3    In the Name list, select the sound you want Windows to play
whenever the selected event occurs.
     If the sound you want to use isn't in the list, click Browse.
Tips
     By default, not all sound schemes are installed during Windows
Setup. For information about installing others, click Related
Topics below.
     To test a sound, click its name, and then click the   button.
     You can save your sound settings by clicking Save As and then
naming the sound scheme you created. That name will appear in the
Schemes list, so you can easily restore these settings.

{ewc ,AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")


To adjust the volume for multimedia devices
1    Click here   !EF(`mmsys.cpl',`Multimedia,0')  to display
Multimedia properties.
2    In the Playback or Recording area, drag the Volume slider.
Tip
     If the Show Volume Control On The Taskbar box is checked and
your sound card's volume can be changed using software, a speaker
icon appears on the taskbar. To change the volume, click the icon,
and then drag the slider. 

{ewc ,AL("WIN_MMCPL_SOUND_QUALITY;WIN_MMCPL_CD_VOL")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_MMCPL_SOUND_QUALITY;WIN_MMCPL_CD_VOL")

To change the sound quality for recordings
1    Click here   !EF(`mmsys.cpl',`Multimedia,0')  to display
Multimedia properties.
2    In the Preferred Quality area, select the sound quality you
want to use. 
Tips
     Higher quality sound files take up more disk space than lower
quality sound files.
     If you want to change settings for the selected sound quality,
or you want to create custom recording formats and add them to the
Preferred Quality list, click Customize.


To set up a MIDI instrument
1    Plug the instrument into one of your sound card's MIDI ports.
2    Click here   !EF(`mmsys.cpl',`Multimedia,2')  to display
Multimedia properties.
3    Click Add New Instrument, and then follow the instructions on
your screen.
4    When the wizard is finished, click Single Instrument on the
MIDI tab, and then click the device you just installed.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_MMCPL_MOVING_MIDI_INST")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_MMCPL_MOVING_MIDI_INST")


To move a MIDI instrument to another sound card
1    Click here   !EF(`mmsys.cpl',`Multimedia,4')  to display
Multimedia properties.
2    Click the plus (+) sign beside MIDI Devices And Instruments.
3    Click the plus (+) sign beside the sound card your MIDI
instrument is connected to.
4    Click the instrument that you want to move, and then click
Properties.
5    Click the Details tab.
6    In the MIDI Port list, choose the name of the sound card that
you want to move the instrument to.
7    If you have not already plugged the instrument in to the new
sound card, do so now.
Note
     If you change this setting while your MIDI instrument is
playing, the change may not take effect until it stops playing.


To change the size of video clip windows
1    Click here   !EF(`mmsys.cpl',`Multimedia,1')  to display
Multimedia properties.
2    In the Show Video In area, click the window size in which you
want video clips to appear. 
Tip
     To achieve the smoothest playback available, click Window, and
then select Original Size.


To adjust the volume for your CD player's headphones
1    Click here   !EF(`mmsys.cpl',`Multimedia,3')  to display
Multimedia properties.
2    Drag the slider.
Tip
     For information about adjusting the volume for your speakers,
consult the documentation that came with your CD player.


To switch between CD players
1    Click here   !EF(`mmsys.cpl',`Multimedia,3')  to display
Multimedia properties.
2    In the CD-ROM Drive list, choose the CD drive you want to use.
Tip
     You can set the volume for each of your CD drives
independently.


To calibrate your joystick
1    Click here   !EF(`joy.cpl',`Joystick,0')  to display Joystick
properties.
2    If you have more than one joystick, select the one you want to
configure in the Current Joystick list.
3    In the Joystick Selection list, select the type of joystick
you are using. If your joystick is not listed, click Custom.
4    If your joystick has a rudder, make sure Rudder is checked.
5    Click Calibrate, and then follow the instructions on your
screen.
Tip
     Click here   !EF(`sysdm.cpl',`Add New Hardware,0')  to start
the Add New Hardware wizard if you have not yet installed your
joystick.


To reset your joystick if it doesn't work correctly
1    Click here   !EF(`joy.cpl',`Joystick,0')  to display Joystick
properties.
2    In the Joystick Troubleshooter area, click Reset.
Note
     Your games may reset your joystick's value range, but the
value range that one game uses may be incompatible with that of
another game. Clicking Reset restores the default value range.


To configure multimedia devices
1    Click here   !EF(`mmsys.cpl',`Multimedia,4')  to display
Multimedia properties.
2    Click the plus (+) sign beside a device category, and then
click the device you want to configure.
3    Click Properties, and then change any settings as needed.

{ewc ,AL("WINDOWS_MMCPL_SETDEVPRI")} Related
Topics%!AL("WINDOWS_MMCPL_SETDEVPRI")

To change the priority of audio compression drivers
1    Click here   !EF(`mmsys.cpl',`Multimedia,4')  to display
Multimedia properties.
2    Click the plus (+) sign beside Audio Compression Codecs, and
then click the codec whose priority you want to change.
3    Click Properties, and then change the priority.
Note
     If no plus (+) sign appears beside Audio Compression Codecs,
click Related Topics for information about how to install them.

{ewc ,AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")

An event is an action performed by you or a program that your
computer can notify you about. For example, sometimes your computer
beeps when you press an incorrect key. If you have a sound card,
you can choose to play a sound other than a beep when this event
occurs. Your computer can also play sounds when other events occur,
such as when you start or quit Windows.


Enables you to select a modem to install. You will be prompted to
provide the manufacturer and model of your modem, and the port to
which it is connected.


Detects an installed modem.


Enables you to select the port you want to use for your modem.


Shows the name of your new modem. You can type a different name, if
you prefer.


Lists the modems you have installed.


Click this to display or change information about the modem you
selected.


Click this to install a new modem.

 Deletes the selected installed modem.


To set up a modem
1    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to install a new
modem.
2    Follow the instructions on your screen.


To start an MS-DOS window
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Programs.
2    Click MS-DOS Prompt.
Tips
     To view the toolbar, click the MS-DOS icon in the title bar,
and then click Toolbar.
     To switch between a full screen and a window, press ALT+ENTER.
     To quit MS-DOS, click   or type exit at the command prompt.

{ewc
,AL("A_DOS_WINDOWS_CHANGE;WINDOWS_DOS_COPY;WINDOWS_DOS_PASTE;A_WI
NDOWS_DOS_GET_HELP")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_DOS_WINDOWS_CHANGE;WINDOWS_DOS_COPY;WINDOWS_DOS_PAS
TE;A_WINDOWS_DOS_GET_HELP")


To optimize an MS-DOS program
1    In My Computer, click the icon for the program.
2    On the File menu, click Properties. 
     The settings you specify will be used each time you start the
program by double-clicking its icon. If you start the program from
an MS-DOS window, these settings won't be used.
Tips
     To specify whether MS-DOS starts in a full screen or in a
window, change the Run properties on the Program tab. Note that
some MS-DOSbased programs cannot run in a window.
     The properties dialog box replaces the PIF Editor used in
earlier versions of Windows.
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To allocate all system resources to an MS-DOS program
1    In My Computer, click the icon for the program.
2    On the File menu, click Properties.
3    On the Program tab, click Advanced, and then click MS-DOS
Mode.
Tips
     You can specify the environment you want your program to run
in by providing alternative Config.sys and Autoexec.bat files.
Either type the commands you want in the spaces provided, or create
a basic configuration by clicking Configuration and selecting the
options you want.
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


  The MS-DOS icon is at the left end of the title bar. Clicking
this icon displays the System menu for the MS-DOS window.


To copy text from an MS-DOS window
1    In an MS-DOS window, click the MS-DOS icon, point to Edit, and
then click Mark.
2    Click at the beginning of the text you want to copy.
3    Press and hold down the SHIFT key, and then click at the end
of the text you want to copy.
4    Click the MS-DOS icon, click Edit, and then click Copy.
5    Position the cursor where you want the text to be inserted,
either in an MS-DOSbased or a Windows -based program.
6    In an MS-DOSbased program, click the MS-DOS icon, click Edit,
and then click Paste. In a Windows-based program, click the Edit
menu, and then click Paste.
Tips
     To select text by dragging the cursor over the selection, open
the properties dialog box for the MS-DOS window, click the Misc
tab, and then click QuickEdit.
     You cannot paste text into an MS-DOS window or MS-DOSbased
program when it is running in a full screen.


To display Help for an MS-DOS command
     At the command prompt, type the name of the command you want
Help on, followed by /?.
     For example, type chdir /? to get Help on the CHDIR command.
Tip
     To display Help text one screen at a time, type the command
followed by | more. For example, type dir /? | more for Help on the
DIR command.

{ewc ,AL("A_WINDOWS_DOS_START_DOS")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_WINDOWS_DOS_START_DOS")



Provides a space for you to type the name of this MS-DOSbased
program. 

Provides a space for you to type the path and command to start this
MS-DOSbased program. If necessary, include the drive, folder,
filename extension, and any parameters for the command. You can use
environment variables in this box (%variable%). 
If you type a space followed by a question mark (?) on the command
line, you will be prompted for parameters each time the program is
started.


Provides a space for you to type the name of the folder that this
program will load files from, and where it will save files. If
necessary, include the drive letter. 


Provides a space for you to type the name of a batch file that is
run each time you start this program. 


Provides a space for you to define a keyboard shortcut to start or
switch to this program from Windows. Shortcut keys must include
CTRL and/or ALT and another key (for example, CTRL+Y). You cannot
use ESC, ENTER, TAB, SPACEBAR, PRINT SCREEN, or BACKSPACE. 
No other program can use this key combination. If the shortcut key
conflicts with an access key in a Windows-based program, the access
key will not work.


Specifies how the window is displayed when you start this program.
You can display it as a normal window, reduced to a button on the
taskbar, or enlarged to take up the whole screen.
Note that many MS-DOSbased programs cannot be enlarged to take up
the whole screen.


Click this to change the icon that represents this program.


Provides a space for you to type the filename for the icon to use
for this program.


Displays the icon that will represent this program.


Click this to either set up this program to have exclusive use of
your computer (MS-DOS mode) or enable Windows-based programs to be
run in addition to this program.

Specifies whether this MS-DOSbased program will be able to detect
the presence of Windows. Some MS-DOSbased programs will not run or
will lose functionality if they detect Windows. 
If you want to hide Windows from this MS-DOSbased program, make
sure this box is checked. If you are not sure, or you want to run
Windows-based programs from this MS-DOSbased program, clear this
check box.


Displays the name of the file that stores the properties for this
program.
You can change all the settings in this file by using the
properties dialog box. You do not need to edit the .pif file
directly.


Provides a space for you to enter and view the contents of the
Config.sys file that is used when you run this program in MS-DOS
mode. 
If you leave the Config.sys box blank, the program will use your
current Config.sys file, and it will start faster.
You can use environment variables in this box (%variable%). 


Provides a space for you to enter and view the contents of the
Autoexec.bat file that is used when you run this program in MS-DOS
mode. 
If you leave the Autoexec.bat box blank, the program will use your
current Autoexec.bat file, and it will start faster.
You can use environment variables in this box (%variable%). 


Click this to choose the options that you want enabled each time
you start this program in MS-DOS mode.


 These three options specify the types of fonts available for this
program.


Lists the available type sizes for this program.


Shows how the program window will appear on your screen.


Shows how the fonts in this program will appear.

Specifies that the mouse can be used to select text for cutting and
copying. If QuickEdit is not selected, you must click Mark on the
Edit menu to mark text for cutting and copying.


Click this to enable the mouse to work exclusively with this
program. You will not be able to use the mouse as a standard
Windows pointer. 


Specifies to close or leave open the MS-DOS window after the
program is completed or closed. If this box is not checked, the
MS-DOS window will be left open.


Click this to receive a warning message when you try to close the
program window while the program is still running.


Click this to enable Windows to use a quicker method of pasting
information into this program. Fast pasting works with most
programs; however, if you try to paste information into your
program and it does not paste correctly, clear this check box.


Click this to display the MS-DOS toolbar when this program is
running in a window. 


Click this to restore the window size and position on the desktop
the next time you start this program.


Specifies that the program run in a full screen. This uses the
least memory and is mostly used to run graphics.


Specifies that the program run in a window. This mode makes it
easier to share information with other Windows-based programs and
is mostly used for text-based MS-DOS programs.

Specifies the initial number of lines on the screen for this
program. A program that resets the display to its default number of
lines on the screen will override this setting.


Specifies whether the display driver should emulate any of the
video functions in read-only memory (ROM) functions. Make sure this
box is checked if you want this program to write to the screen
faster. 
Clear this check box if your program is using nonstandard functions
in ROM, or if you experience problems with the program writing text
to the screen. 


Specifies the amount of conventional memory that is required (in
kilobytes). 
If you don't know how much is required, set this to Auto.


Specifies whether to protect system memory from inappropriate
modifications by this program. 
When this check box is checked, the program might run slightly
slower, but your system is protected from errors or failures in the
program. 


Specifies the maximum amount of expanded memory to allocate to this
program (in kilobytes). If you set this value to Auto
(recommended), then no limit will be imposed.
Some programs may have difficulty coping with an unlimited amount
of expanded memory. If you experience difficulty, set this value to
8192.


Specifies the maximum amount of MS-DOS protected-mode (DPMI) memory
to allocate to this program (in kilobytes). If you set this value
to Auto (recommended), then Windows will choose a limit based on
your current configuration.


Specifies the maximum amount of extended memory to allocate to the
program (in kilobytes). If you set this value to Auto
(recommended), then no limit will be imposed.
Some programs may have difficulty coping with an unlimited amount
of extended memory. If you experience difficulty, set this value to
8192.


Specifies whether this program can use the high memory area (HMA). 
This option has no effect if the HMA is already being used by the
system (for example, if MS-DOS is loaded or if an MS-DOS device
driver is using the HMA).


Specifies the shortcut keys you want to reserve for use with
Windows instead of with this program. Clear the check box for a key
sequence if you want Windows to ignore it when this program is in
use. 
Following are the functions of the shortcut keys in Windows:
ALT+TAB   Switches between programs.
ALT+ESC   Cycles through the programs in the order they were
started.
CTRL+ESC  Displays the Start menu.
PRINT SCREEN   Copies an image of the screen to the Clipboard. If
this box is cleared, sends an image of the screen to your printer.
ALT+PRINT SCREEN    Copies an image of the active window to the
Clipboard.
ALT+ENTER Switches the program between a window (if it can run in
one) and a full screen.
ALT+SPACEBAR   Displays the program's System menu.

Make sure this box is checked if you want the screen saver to start
even when the program is the active program.


 Prevents any system resources from being used by this program when
it is not active.


Specifies how long Windows will allow the program to remain idle
(waiting for keyboard input) before reducing the CPU resources
allotted to the program and enabling other programs to use them.
Low idle sensitivity lets the program run longer before Windows
reduces the CPU resources allotted to it. High idle sensitivity
reduces the CPU resources allotted to the program sooner.
If a program that is running in the background is not getting
enough CPU resources, move the slider toward Low.
If you want a program to use fewer CPU resources, move the slider
toward High.


Specifies that when you run this program, Windows detects whether
it requires or runs best in MS-DOS mode. If it does, Windows runs
a wizard to set up a custom icon to run the program. If the program
works best in or requires MS-DOS mode, and you do not select this
option, then it may run poorly or not run at all. 


Specifies that when you run this program, it controls all system
resources. Before the program runs, the system closes all other
active Windows-based and MS-DOSbased programs. When you quit the
program, Windows restarts automatically.


Specifies the number of bytes of memory reserved for the MS-DOS
Command Interpreter (Command.com). This setting also applies to
batch files having the extension .bat. 
If set to Auto, the initial size of the environment is determined
by the SHELL= line in your Config.sys file.


Restores window settings when you quit this program, including the
window size, position, and font. This is not used if you are
running the program in a full screen. 


Make sure this box is checked if this program uses text and graphic
modes and you want to maximize the amount of memory available to
other programs when this program is running. When you switch to the
mode requiring less memory, Windows makes more memory available to
other programs. When you switch back to the mode requiring more
memory, Windows attempts to provide the memory.
To ensure that there is always enough memory for Windows to
correctly display this program in any mode, make sure this box is
not checked.


Specifies that you want the system to display a warning that it
will close all other Windows-based and MS-DOSbased programs before
running this program in MS-DOS mode. 

Font, Memory, Screen, and Misc options are enabled only when the
program is not running in MS-DOS mode. To specify that the program
should not run in MS-DOS mode, click the Program tab, click
Advanced, and then make sure the MS-DOS Mode box is not checked.


Shows why your computer is not configured for expanded memory and
how you can enable it.


Enables you to edit the Config.sys and Autoexec.bat files, either
in the text boxes below or by clicking the Configuration button.


Specifies that you want the program to use the current Config.sys
and Autoexec.bat file settings.



To install or change software for a network adapter 
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click Add.
3    Click Adapter, and then click Add.
4    Follow the instructions on the screen.
Tip
     If you have an adapter that is not listed, click Have Disk,
and then follow the instructions on the screen.


To specify settings for a network adapter
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click the adapter that you want to configure, and then click
Properties.
3    Click the tab for the settings you want to change, and then
change the settings.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To remove software for a network adapter
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click the adapter that you want to remove.
3    Click Remove.
Notes
     A network adapter is a hardware device that physically
connects your computer to a network.
     When you remove the software for a network adapter, all
associated components, such as the protocol, are also removed from
the list.


To install a network protocol
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click Add.
3    Click Protocol, and then click Add.
4    Follow the instructions on the screen.
Notes
      A protocol is the "language" a computer uses to communicate
over a network. Computers must use the same protocol to communicate
with each other.
     To install the TCP/IP protocol, which enables you to connect
to the Internet: After clicking Add in step 3, click Microsoft in
the Manufacturers column, and then click Microsoft TCP/IP.
     If you have a protocol that is not listed (but is written
specifically for Windows95), click Have Disk, and then follow the
instructions on the screen.


To specify settings for a network protocol
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click the protocol that you want to configure, and then click
Properties.
3    Click the tab for the settings you want to change, and then
change the settings.
Notes
      A protocol is the "language" a computer uses to communicate
over a network. Computers must use the same protocol to communicate
with each other.
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.

To specify settings for a network client
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click the client for which you want to change settings, and
then click Properties.
3    Click the settings you want to change.
Tips
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.
     Client software enables you to use resources that have been
shared by people on the network.

{ewc ,AL("A_INSTALL_NET_CLIENT;")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_INSTALL_NET_CLIENT")


To specify settings for a network service
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click the service that you want to configure, and then click
Properties.
3    Click the settings you want to change.
Tips
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.
     Service software enables you to install services such as file
and printer sharing on your computer, or automatic backup to a
network server.



To remove a network protocol
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click the protocol that you want to remove.
3    Click Remove.
Note
      A protocol is the "language" a computer uses to communicate
over a network. Computers must use the same protocol to communicate
with each other.


To enable file and printer sharing on your computer
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click File And Print Sharing.
3    Click the sharing options you want. A check mark means the
feature is activated.

{ewc ,AL("a-sharefolder;a-share-printer")} Related
Topics%!AL("a-sharefolder;a-share-printer")


To disable file and printer sharing on your computer
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click File And Print Sharing.
3    Delete the check mark from the sharing options you want to
remove.


To set up your computer to connect to the network
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click Add.
3    Click Client.
4    Click Add, and then follow the instructions on the screen.
Notes
     The Client for NetWare Networks that is included with
Windows95 enables you to connect to Novell NetWare servers. To
install this client, after you click Add in step 4, click Microsoft
in the Manufacturers column, and then click Client For NetWare
Networks. 
     Two versions of the Novell NetWare workstation shell are also
available. To install one of these instead of the Client for
NetWare Networks, after you click Add in step 4, click Novell in
the Manufacturers column.
     If you have a network client that is not listed (but is
written specifically for Windows95), click Have Disk, and then
follow the instructions on the screen.


 To remove software for a network client
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click the network client you want to remove.
3    Click Remove.


To specify a primary network logon
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    In the Primary Network Logon list, click the down arrow, and
then click the client or logon option you use most often when you
log on to the network. 
Tips
     To start Windows without verifying your logon to a network,
click Windows Logon. No error messages will appear if you cannot be
logged on to the network (for example, when you are using a
portable computer on the road).
     If you see two separate logon screens when you start Windows
(one for Windows and one for the network), you should use the same
password for both.


To log on to a domain for Client for Microsoft Networks
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to view Network
properties.
2    Click Client For Microsoft Networks, and then click
Properties.
3    Click Log On To Windows NT Domain.
Tips
     You can specify a different domain by typing a new domain name
into the Windows NT Domain text box.
     You must have the Client for Microsoft Networks installed in
order to log on to a domain. For information about installation,
click Related Topics below.

{ewc ,AL("A_INSTALL_NET_CLIENT;")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_INSTALL_NET_CLIENT")

Domain refers to a set of computers on a network that have been
assigned a group name. For example, a company's domain name on the
Internet might be something like "thiscompany.com". A domain could
contain two or more smaller groups of computers, sometimes referred
to as workgroups.



Displays the type of power your computer uses and information about
how much power is remaining on the power supply.


Changes the Power Management setting used by your computer. Click
Advanced to use additional power-saving features provided by
Windows. Click Standard to use only the power-saving features
provided by your computer. Click Off to turn off all power-saving
features.
If the power-saving features of your computer do not appear to be
working, it is possible that some programs you are using do not
recognize Windows power management. In this case, click Standard.


When this box is checked, the battery meter appears on the taskbar.
You can then double-click the battery meter or simply rest your
mouse pointer on the battery meter to see how much power is
remaining.


Enables you to put the Suspend command on the Start menu. You can
choose to see this command always, never, or only when your
computer is away from its docking station.


When this option is checked, Windows displays a warning message
when your battery power is running low.


Click this to see power-management options provided by your
computer manufacturer.


To see how much power remains on your power supply
     Double-click the battery or electric plug icon on the taskbar.

{ewc ,AL("A_SHOW_BATMETER;A_POWER_TURN_ON_SUPPORT")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_SHOW_BATMETER;A_POWER_TURN_ON_SUPPORT")


To show or hide the battery meter
1    Click here  
!IE(FE(`powercfg.dll'),`EF(`Main.cpl',`Power,1')',`PI(`',`POWERCF
G_NOPE')') to display Power properties.
2    Click the check box to enable the battery meter.
Tip
     When the battery meter is on, you can double-click the battery
icon on the taskbar to see information about your computer's power
supply, or you can point to the icon on the taskbar to see how much
power remains.

{ewc ,AL("A_POWER_TURN_ON_SUPPORT")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_POWER_TURN_ON_SUPPORT")

To show or hide the Suspend command
1    Click here  
!IE(FE(`powercfg.dll'),`EF(`Main.cpl',`Power,1')',`PI(`',`POWERCF
G_NOPE')')  to display Power properties.
2    In the Suspend Command Options area, specify whether you want
to see the command always, sometimes, or only when your portable
computer is undocked.

{ewc ,AL("A_POWER_TURN_ON_SUPPORT")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_POWER_TURN_ON_SUPPORT")


Windows cannot find the Powercfg.dll file. Your computer may not
support power management features.
If your computer does support power management features and you see
this message, see Related Topics for information about turning on
power management.


To turn on power management support
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display the
Device Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to System Devices, and then
double-click Advanced Power Management Support.
     If you don't see a listing for Advanced Power Management
Support, your computer does not support these features.
3    Click the Settings tab.
4    Make sure the box to enable power management support is
checked.


Displays the icon for the printer.


Describes what type of printer it is and where you can find its
icon in My Computer.


Provides a place for you to add a comment about the printer; for
example, when it is available or what it is used for.
If you share this printer, the comment is transferred when someone
sets up your printer on their computer. However, if you change the
comment, other people will not see the updated version.


Click this to send a test page to your printer. You might want to
do this to make sure your printer is set up correctly.


Displays the name of the printer.


Displays the port your printer is connected to or the path to the
network printer you are using.
You can change where you print to by typing the network path here,
by opening the list and clicking a port, or by clicking Add Port.

Click this to add a new port or specify a new network path.


Displays the type of printer you are using. This type must match
your printer or be one that your printer can emulate.


 Click this to update or change your printer driver.


Inserts a page between each document printed. This is useful if
many people are using your printer or if you are printing multiple
documents at once. You can choose between a full page that includes
graphics or a simple page with text only.
If you want to use a custom separator page, click Browse to locate
and specify which separator file you want to print between
documents. You can use any Windows metafile (.wmf) for a separator
page.
You can set up separator pages only if the printer is attached
directly to your computer.


Click this to look for and specify a file that you want to use as
a separator page. You can use any Windows metafile (.wmf) file for
a separator page.


Specifies how much time (in seconds) Windows will wait for the
printer to be online before reporting an error.


Specifies how much time (in seconds) Windows will wait for the
printer to be ready to print before reporting an error. If you have
problems printing large documents, you may want to increase the
value of this setting.


Click this to change settings for the printer port.


Click this to specify how your document is sent from your program
to the printer.

Click this to change settings specific to your printer.


Saves printing information on your computer's hard disk until the
printer is ready to print. This frees up your program quickly so
you can work on other tasks.


Waits until your printer is ready before sending the print job from
your program directly to your printer. It may take longer for your
program to be free for working on other tasks. It is recommended
that you spool your print jobs unless you are having trouble
printing.
If you print directly to the printer, you cannot pause your printer
and you will not be able to print if you are working offline. If
you have shared your printer with others, this option is not
available.


Waits until all printing information has come from the program
before sending it to the printer. This is the fastest way to free
up your program for working on other tasks, but you must have
enough disk space to store the entire print job until it is
printed.


Starts sending printing information from your disk to the printer
after one page has been received from the program. Less disk space
is used, but your program may take longer to finish printing the
document.


Specifies the format in which to store printing information on your
disk while a print job is waiting to be printed. Generally, EMF
(metafile) format frees up your program faster because it is
smaller and doesn't depend on what kind of printer you have. RAW
format is specific to the printer, so extra time may be required to
convert the printing information, and your program would not be
available for working on other tasks.
If you have problems printing using the EMF option, try the RAW
option.


Returns to the original settings.


Specifies that your printer should use its bi-directional
capabilities to communicate with your computer.


Specifies that your printer should not use its bi-directional
capabilities to communicate with your computer.

Click this to delete a port from the list of available ports.


Specifies that you want to print to a network printer.


Specifies that you want to add a port for printing.


Provides a space to type the path of the network printer you want
to use. If you don't know the path, click Browse.


Click this to find and specify the printer you want to use.


Lists the types of ports available. Click the one you want to add.


Lists existing ports. Click the port(s) you want to delete.


 Specifies whether you want to spool documents that you print from
MS-DOSbased programs.


Provides a space for you to specify a filename that you want to
print to. This name will be added to the list of available ports.
When you print, your file will be printed to a file with the name
you specified here.

Provides a space for you to type the name of the file you want to
print to.


Click this to capture a port (map it to a network drive).


Click this to remove the mapping of a port from a network drive
(end the capture).


To set up a new printer
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
AddPrinter",0)   to start installing a printer.
2    Follow the instructions on the screen.
     If you want to print a test page, first make sure your printer
is on and ready to print.
Tip
     If you want to use a shared network printer, you can set it up
quickly by browsing for it in Network Neighborhood, clicking the
printer's icon, and then clicking Install on the File menu.


To specify the default printer
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you want to use as the default
printer.
3    On the File menu, click Set As Default.
     If there is a check mark next to this command, the printer is
set as the default printer.
Note
     It's a good idea to set the default printer to be the one you
use most often. When you choose the Print command in many
Windows-based programs, the default printer is used unless you
specify otherwise.


To view documents waiting to be printed
1    Click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click
Printers.
2    Double-click the icon for the printer you want to look at. The
print queue with all of the print jobs listed appears.
Tip
     In the printer window, you can find information such as the
status of print jobs and the owner of a document. If you want to
cancel or pause the printing of any of the documents you have sent,
click the document, and then use the commands on the Document menu.


To cancel printing of a document
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Double-click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    In the list, click the document you want to cancel.
4    On the Document menu, click Cancel Printing.
Note
     You can cancel the printing of all documents on a printer that
is attached to your computer. If you are using a network printer,
you can cancel only your own documents.


To change the port a printer is connected to
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties.
4    Click the Details tab, and then change the port in the Print
To The Following Port box.
Notes
     If you want to map the port to a network drive, click Capture
Printer Port.
     If you want to print to a file, select File in the Print To
The Following Port box.


To change the order of documents in a print queue
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Double-click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    Click the document you want to move, and then drag it to its
new position in the queue.
Note
     You cannot move a document that is in the process of printing.

To pause or restart your printer
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Double-click the icon for the printer you want to pause or
restart.
3    On the Printer menu, click Pause Printing.
     If there is a check mark next to the command, the printer is
paused. To restart the printer, click this command again.
Notes
     You can pause a printer only if it is attached to the computer
you are using. For example, you cannot pause a network printer from
your own computer.
     The Pause Printing command is unavailable if you have turned
off spooling in your printer properties.


To separate your print jobs with a banner page
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties.
4    In the Separator Page box, open the list and click the type of
separator page you want.
     If you want to use a custom separator page, click Browse.
Tips
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.
     You can set up separator pages only if the printer is attached
directly to your computer.


To change printer settings
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties.
     The settings you can change depend on the type of printer you
have. Click the different tabs to see all of the options you can
set.
Tips
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.
     Changing the printer properties will change them for all
documents you print on this printer. To change these settings for
one document, use the Page Setup or Print Setup command on the File
menu in your program.

{ewc
,AL("A_WINDOWS_PRINT_CHANGE_PAPER;A_WINDOWS_PRINT_FONT_SETTINGS;A
_WINDOWS_PRINT_GRAPHICS_SETTINGS")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_WINDOWS_PRINT_CHANGE_PAPER;A_WINDOWS_PRINT_FONT_SET
TINGS;A_WINDOWS_PRINT_GRAPHICS_SETTINGS")


To change the printer timeout settings
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you want, click the File menu,
and then click Properties.
3    Click the Details tab, and then change the settings in the
Timeout Settings area.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To use a printer that is not currently connected
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer that you want to print to.
3    On the File menu, click Work Offline.
     When you send a document to this printer, it will be stored
until you turn the printer online by clicking the Work Offline
command again.
     The Work Offline command is available only for portable
computers or for computers using a network printer. For local
printers, use the Pause Printing command.
Tips
     If you have a laptop computer with a docking station and you
start Windows while the computer is undocked, your print jobs are
automatically saved. Then, when you start Windows when your
computer is docked, the documents are sent to the printer.
     If you have turned off spooling in your printer properties,
you cannot print offline.


To view printing status
     Use your right mouse button to click the printer icon next to
the clock on the taskbar.
     When your document is finished printing, the printer icon
disappears.
Tip
     You can double-click the printer icon on the taskbar to get
information about the documents printing on the printer.


To change the paper size or layout for printing
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties.
4    Click the Paper tab.
     The settings you can change depend on the type of printer you
have.
Tips
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.
     Changing the printer properties in the Printers folder will
change them for all documents you print on this printer. To change
these settings for one document, use the Page Setup or Print Setup
command on the File menu in your program.


To specify font settings for your printer
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties.
4    Click the Fonts tab, and then specify the settings you want.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To set printing options for graphics and color
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties.
4    Click the Graphics tab.
     The settings you can change depend on the type of printer you
have. To change color settings, click the Color button.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.

To remove all documents from the print queue
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Double-click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the Printer menu, click Purge Print Jobs.
     All documents waiting to be printed will be removed from the
print queue, and they will not be printed.
Note
     You cannot remove documents from the print queue of a network
printer from your computer.


To capture a printer port
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties.
4    Click the Details tab, and then click Capture Printer Port.
5    In the Device list, select the printer port that you want to
capture.
6    Type the network path, and then click OK.
7    In the Print To The Following Port box, select the port you
mapped.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


A print queue is a list of documents waiting to be printed on the
printer. In the print queue, you can see information such as the
size of the document, who sent the document, and status information
for printing.


 Print Troubleshooter
This troubleshooter helps you identify and solve printer problems.
Just click to answer the questions, and then try the suggested
steps to fix the problem.
What's wrong?
     My document didn't print at all.
     My document printed, but it doesn't look right, or it printed
only partially.
     Printing is unusually slow.


Are you printing to a local or a network printer?
     Local. My printer is directly connected to my computer.
     Network. My printer is located somewhere else. It's not
attached to my computer.


Print Troubleshooter
1    Click here   !TC(16,2147483648)  to display printer
properties.
2    Make sure all settings are correct.
3    Try printing again.
Note
     If you're still having trouble printing, wait until Windows
has finished starting, and then open the Print Troubleshooter in
Help.


Are you printing from an MS-DOSbased program?
     Yes.
     No. I'm printing from a Windows-based program.


Check the printer
1    Make sure the printer is plugged into your computer and into
an electrical outlet.
2    Make sure the printer's power switch is on.
3    Make sure the printer is online. Most printers have an On Line
button with a light next to it. The light should be on.
If you need more information about any of these steps, see your
printer manual.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes. Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2502)
     No. My printer is on, but it still won't print. What else
could be wrong?


Try printing a test page
Click here  
!EF("rundll32.exe","MSPRINT2.DLL,RUNDLL_PrintTestPage",0);FH();CW
(`proc4')  to send a test page to your printer.

Next steps
You've run into a problem with your printer or with Windows that
the Print Troubleshooter can't help you solve.
Try looking in your printer manual for more information, or see the
Printers.txt file that comes with Windows.


Check the paper
1    Make sure there is paper in your printer.
2    Make sure the paper isn't jammed.
3    Find out if you need to change the cartridge, ribbon, or
toner.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes. Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2504)
     No. The paper supply is fine, but my printer won't print. What
else could be wrong?


Check the printer driver
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Make sure the printer driver matches the printer you are
using. If it doesn't, click New Driver, and then make the necessary
changes.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes. Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2508)
     No. The printer driver is correct, but my printer won't print.
What else could be wrong?


Check settings in your program
1    In the program you are trying to print from, click the File
menu, and then click Print Setup or Page Setup.
2    Make sure the printer specified in the dialog box matches the
printer you are using.
3    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. it worked. Close this troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. The printer listed is correct, but my printer won't print.


Try capturing the printer port
If you are using a network printer, carry out the following
procedure.
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties, and then click the Details
tab.
4    If your port is listed as LPTx in the Print To The Following
Port box, then it has already been captured. Skip to the end of
this procedure, and choose No. Otherwise, proceed to step 5.
5    Click Capture Printer Port.
6    In the Device list, select the printer port that you want to
capture.
7    Type the network path, and then click OK.
8    In the Print To The Following Port box, select the port you
captured.
9    Try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. it worked. Close this troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else should I try?.


Try reinstalling your printer
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Delete.
3    Double-click the Add Printer icon, and then follow the
instructions to install your printer again.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes. Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2503)
     No. My printer is installed correctly. What else could be
wrong?


Check the printer port
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties, and then click the Details
tab.
4    Make sure the correct port or network path is specified in the
Print To The Following Port list box. 
     If you have a network printer, click Capture Printer Port and
make sure you've got a port assigned to the network path.
5    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! It worked. Close this troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. The port setting is correct, but my printer won't print.


Check your program settings
1    In your MS-DOSbased program, make sure that the correct
printer is specified.
2    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! It worked. Close this troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. My document wont print. What else could be wrong?


Try turning MS-DOS spooling off
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Details tab, and then click Port Settings.
4    Click the Spool MS-DOS Print Jobs box to remove the check
mark.
5    Try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! It worked. Close this troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. My document wont print. What else could be wrong?

Quit program after printing
     Try printing your document again, and then quit your
MS-DOSbased program. 
     Sometimes the document wont be printed until the MS-DOSbased
program is closed.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! It worked. Close this troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. My document still wont print. What else could be wrong?


Check the network server
     Make sure that the computer attached to the printer is still
running correctly.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes! Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2514)
     No. The print server is running. What else could be wrong?


Try capturing the printer port
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties, and then click the Details
tab.
4     If your port is listed as LPTx in the Print To The Following
Port box, then your port is already captured. Skip to the end of
this procedure, and choose No. Otherwise, proceed to step 5.
5    Click Capture Printer Port.
6    In the Device list, select the printer port that you want to
capture.
7    Type the network path, and then click OK.
8    In the Print To The Following Port box, select the port you
captured.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes! Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2515)
     No. The port is captured and I still can't print. What else
could be wrong?


Try turning off separator pages
If you are using a PostScript printer on a NetWare server and
banner pages are being used to separate documents, carry out the
following procedure.
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    In the Separator Page box, click None.
If you do not have access to your network printer server, ask your
network administrator to turn off separator pages for this printer.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes! Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2501)
     No. What else could be wrong?


Check the network path
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties, and then click the Details
tab.
4    In the Print To The Following Port list box, make sure the
path to the printer is correct and still exists.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes! Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2507)
     No. The path is correct, but my printer won't print. What else
could be wrong?


Check the network cable connection
     Make sure the cable that connects your computer to the network
is plugged in properly.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes! Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2512)
     No. My network cable is plugged in, but my printer won't
print. What else could be wrong?


Check disk space
You need to have at least 2MB free on your hard disk. To check
this, carry out the following procedure.
1    Double-click the My Computer icon.
2    Click the hard disk icon, click the File menu, and then click
Properties.
3    If you don't have enough free space, try deleting unnecessary
files or running the Disk Space Troubleshooter.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes! Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2513)
     No. I have plenty of disk space, but my printer won't print.
What else could be wrong?


Check printer settings
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Check the settings on all of the tabs, including any memory
settings. Make sure that the settings match what is actually
installed in your printer.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes! Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2505)
     No. The printer settings are correct, but my printer won't
print. What else could be wrong?


 Does your document contain complex graphics or special fonts?
     If your document contains complex graphics or numerous fonts,
try printing a small, simple document. It is possible that your
printer does not have enough memory to print the document you are
working on.
Did the small document print?
     Yes. I probably need to get more memory for my printer. Close
this troubleshooter.%!CW("proc4")
     No. I can't even print a small document.

Try changing timeout settings
If your document contains complex graphics or numerous fonts, try
increasing the timeout values by carrying out the following
procedure.
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties, and then click the Details
tab.
4    In the Timeout Settings area, increase the values of the
timeout settings.
5    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. it worked. Close this troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. The timeout settings are fine, but my printer won't print.


Printer is set up correctly
Since the test page works, we know that your printer is set up
correctly in Windows.
     If you changed any settings to get the self-test page to work,
try printing your document again.
Is the problem fixed?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. My document still won't print. What could be wrong?


Check spooling settings
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties
3    Click the Details tab, and then click Spool Settings.
4    If the Spool Data Format is set to EMF, try changing the
setting to RAW. 
     If it is set to RAW, try turning spooling off by clicking
Print Directly To The Printer.
Do you think this fixed the problem?
     Yes! Try printing another test page to make sure the problem
is fixed.%!TC(16,2510)
     No. The spooling settings are correct, but my printer won't
print. What else could be wrong?


My document doesnt look right
Click the button for the type of problem you are having.
     Only a partial page printed.
     The text or graphics either dont print at all or print
incorrectly.
     Incorrect fonts are printed.
     PostScript text codes are printed.


Check paper orientation
1    In the program you are trying to print from, click the File
menu, and then click Print Setup or Page Setup.
2    Make sure that you have selected the correct orientation
(landscape or portrait) for your document. Depending on your
program, you may need to click a Setup button or Options button to
find these settings.
3    If the setting is correct in your program, make sure the
setting is also correct in the properties for your printer.
     Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
4    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
5    Click the Paper tab, and then verify that you have specified
the correct settings.
6    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. The orientation settings are correct. What else could be
wrong?


Check the nonprinting area
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Paper tab, and then click Unprintable Area.
4    Make sure the settings are correct for your printer and your
paper size. Then make sure that your document is the correct size
for the paper.
5    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. The unprintable area settings are correct. What else could
be wrong?


Check the graphics mode
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    Click the File menu, click Properties, and then click the
Graphics tab.
4    If the Graphics Mode is set to Vector, try changing the
setting to Raster.
     If you don't see the Graphics Mode box, then your printer does
not support this option.
5    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. The unprintable area settings are correct. What else could
be wrong?


Check your printer cable setup
1    If you are using a switchbox for your printer, try bypassing
it.
2    Check your printer cable. Parallel cables should be no more
than six feet long. If your parallel cable is longer than six feet,
try using a shorter cable.
3    If you made any changes, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. My printer cable setup is correct. What else could be
wrong?


Check graphics settings
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Graphics tab, and then make sure the settings are
correct for your printer.
     If you are using a color printer, try selecting Error
Diffusion in the Dithering area.
4    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. The graphics settings are correct. What else could be
wrong?

Check the fonts in the document
1    Check to see what kind of fonts you are using in your
document. You should use TrueType or printer fonts; screen fonts
won't necessarily look the same printed as they do on your screen.
2    If you change any fonts in your document, try printing it
again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else could be wrong?


Check the font cartridge
If your printer uses a font cartridge, make sure that it is
installed correctly in your printer, and then carry out the
following procedure to check the cartridge settings.
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Fonts tab, and then make sure that the correct font
cartridge is selected. If the cartridge is not in the list, click
Install Printer Fonts.
4    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else could be wrong?


Check the font settings
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Fonts tab, and then review the font settings.
4    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else could be wrong?


Try printing TrueType fonts as graphics
If you have a laser printer, carry out the following procedure.
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Fonts tab, and then click Print TrueType As
Graphics.
4    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else could be wrong?


Make sure you have a PostScript driver
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Details tab, and then make sure the correct printer
driver is specified in the Print Using The Following Driver box. To
print a PostScript file, you must have a printer that supports
PostScript. To use a different printer driver, click New Driver.
4    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else could be wrong?


Check the printer
1    Make sure that your printer is set for printing PostScript
files. Some printers can print in different modes; you can
configure the modes in the printer's control panel. For more
information, see your printer's manual.
2    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else could be wrong?


Check the output format
If you get a PostScript error when you print your document, try
changing your PostScript settings by carrying out the following
procedure.
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using.
3    On the File menu, click Properties, and then click the
PostScript tab.
4    If the PostScript Output Format is set to PostScript (Optimize
For Speed), try changing the setting to PostScript (Optimize For
Portability).
5    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else could be wrong?


Printing is unusually slow
     It takes a long time for my program to print and to be
available for other tasks.
     It takes a long time for the document to come out of the
printer.


Make sure spooling is turned on
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Details tab, and then click Spool Settings.
4    Make sure spooling is turned on. If spooling is on, experiment
with printing after the first page is spooled and after the last
page is spooled.
5    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else could be wrong?

Turn spooling off
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Details tab, and then click Spool Settings.
4    If spooling is turned on and Spool Data Format is set to EMF,
try changing the setting to RAW. You can also try turning spooling
off by clicking Print Directly To The Printer.
5    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else could be wrong?


Try a lower printing resolution
If your printer supports multiple printing resolutions, try
printing in a lower resolution by carrying out the following
procedure.
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
PrintersFolder",0)  to open the Printers folder.
2    Click the icon for the printer you are using, click the File
menu, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Graphics tab, and then select a lower resolution.
4    If you change any settings, try printing your document again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes! My document prints now. Close this
troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No. What else could be wrong?


To set up a network connection by using Dial-Up Networking
1    Double-click the My Computer icon, and then double-click
Dial-Up Networking.
2    Follow the instructions on the screen.
Notes
     If you have already set up one or more Dial-Up connections,
you can double-click Make New Connection to create a new
connection. To dial a connection that you have already set up,
double-click its icon in the Dial-Up Networking window.
     After you have connected to another computer, you can see
files and folders on that computer only if they are shared. 
     If you do not see a Dial-Up Networking folder in My Computer,
then it is not installed. To find out how to install it, click
Related Topics below.

{ewc
,AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_RNA_CHANGE_SETTINGS;A_RNA_CHANGE_DIALI
N_SETTINGS")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_RNA_CHANGE_SETTINGS;A_RNA_CHANG
E_DIALIN_SETTINGS")


To change dialing settings for a Dial-Up connection
1    Double-click the My Computer icon, and then double-click
Dial-Up Networking.
2    Click the connection whose settings you want to change.
3    On the Connections menu, click Settings.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.

{ewc ,AL("A_DIAL_LINK;A_RNA_CHANGE_SETTINGS")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_DIAL_LINK;A_RNA_CHANGE_SETTINGS")


 To change the properties for a Dial-Up connection
1    In the Dial-Up Networking folder, click the icon for the
connection whose properties you want to change.
2    On the File menu, click Properties.
3    Click Configure. 
4    Make changes to the modem properties.
Changes that you make will take effect when you gain access to a
shared resource that uses this connection, or the next time you
double-click the icon for this connection.
Tips
     To change the type of server that you are dialing in to, or to
specify which protocols this connection uses, click Server Type
instead of Configure.
     You can change settings only if you have already set up a
connection.
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.

{ewc ,AL("A_DIAL_LINK;A_RNA_CHANGE_DIALIN_SETTINGS")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_DIAL_LINK;A_RNA_CHANGE_DIALIN_SETTINGS")


To set up a direct cable connection
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Programs.
2    Point to Accessories, and then click Direct Cable Connection.
3    Follow the instructions on the screen.
Notes
     If you have already successfully run Direct Cable Connection
on this computer, the connection wizard does not appear unless you
click Change in the Direct Cable Connection dialog box. The wizard
then starts, and you can change your previous settings.
     If you do not see Direct Cable Connection in your Accessories
menu, then it is not installed. To find out how to install it,
click Related Topics below.

{ewc
,AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_DCC_SETTINGS;A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE;A_RENEW
_DCC")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_DCC_SETTINGS;A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE;
A_RENEW_DCC")


To re-establish a direct cable connection that is already set up
1    On the host computer, click the Start button, and then point
to Programs.
2    Point to Accessories, and then click Direct Cable Connection.
3    Click Listen.
4    Move to the guest computer, and then repeat steps 1 and 2.
5    Click Connect.
Note
     If you have trouble connecting, check the cable, or run the
Direct Cable Connection Troubleshooter in Help.

{ewc ,AL("A_DCC_SETTINGS;A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE;A_SETUP_DCC")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_DCC_SETTINGS;A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE;A_SETUP_DCC")


To change settings for a direct cable connection
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Programs.
2    Point to Accessories, and then click Direct Cable Connection.
3    Click Change.
4    Make any necessary changes. These changes will take effect
when you gain access to a shared resource that uses this
connection.

{ewc P!,AL("A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE;A_SETUP_DCC;A_RENEW_DCC")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE;A_SETUP_DCC;A_RENEW_DCC")


Shared resources include files, folders, and printers.

To dial a connection manually
1    Double-click the My Computer icon, and then double-click
Dial-Up Networking.
2    Click the icon for the connection you want to change.
3    On the File menu, click Properties.
4    Click Configure.
5    On the Options tab, click Operator Assisted or Manual Dial.
6    When you gain access to a shared resource that uses this
connection, or the next time you double-click the icon for this
connection, you will be prompted to lift the receiver of your phone
and dial the number.
7    When you hear the tone from the computer, click Connect, and
then hang up the phone.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To use Dial-Up Networking to connect to another operating system
1    In the Dial-Up Networking window, create a new connection to
the computer you want to dial into.
2    After you have created the connection, use your right mouse
button to click the icon for that connection, and then click
Properties.
3    Click Server Type.
4    Select the type of dial-up server that matches the operating
system you want to connect to.
Tips
     If the other operating system requires you to type in
information when you log on, click the Configure button in the
properties for that connection, click Options, and then click Bring
Up Terminal Window Before Dialing.
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To use a different IP or DNS address for a Dial-Up connection
1    In the Dial-Up Networking window, click the connection that
you want to assign the new IP address to. 
2    On the File menu, click Properties.
3    Click Server Type, and then click TCP/IP Settings.
4    Type the new IP and/or DNS address in the space provided.
Notes
     This setting is useful if you have more than one Internet
account and cannot use the same address for all of them.
     If you click Server Assigned IP Address or Server Assigned
Name Server Addresses, Dial-Up Networking will use the default
TCP/IP address information for this connection, as specified in the
Network properties in Control Panel.



Displays the status of the modem currently in use. A red light
indicates that the modem is not actively transmitting or receiving.
A green light indicates that the modem is actively transmitting or
receiving.


Displays the telephone number of the computer you want to connect
to. The number displayed is the number you entered when you created
the connection. To change the number temporarily, you can modify it
here. To change the number permanently, use your right mouse button
to click the connection icon, and then click Properties.
If you modify the number directly, information in the Dial
Properties dialog box is ignored.
If you want to use a calling card, or if you are at a different
location, click Dial Properties.


Click this to specify how the call will be dialed. This is useful
if you want to charge the call to a calling card, use your computer
from different locations, or add a dial-prefix, country code, or
area code automatically.


Shows the name of the computer you will connect to when you use
this connection.
To connect to this computer, double-click the icon in your Dial-Up
Networking folder.


Lists the connections you have set up.
If there are no connections in the list that will enable you to
connect to this resource, go to the Dial-Up Networking folder and
create a new connection.


Provides a space for you to type your user name. This name is used
when you log on to the computer you are connecting to.

Provides a space for you to type the password for connecting to
this computer (not to the network).
If you don't want to type your password each time you connect,
click Save Password.


Specifies whether the computer remembers your password or whether
you must type it each time you connect.
The password will only be saved for this connection icon and this
user name.


Specifies where you are calling from. 
To change information about a location or define a new location,
click Dial Properties. 
To change to a different location, select one from the list.
If this box and the Dial Properties button are unavailable, close
this dialog box, use the right mouse button to click the
connection, and then click Properties. Check the Use City And Area
Code box.


Provides a space for you to type or select the area code, phone
number, and country code for the computer you are connecting to.
You can specify that you want to ignore the area code and country
code by making sure the Use Country Code And Area Code box is not
checked. With this box cleared, you cannot specify that you want to
dial from a different location when you try to connect.


Lists the modems that are set up on your computer. To select the
modem you want to use for this connection, double-click it.
If the modem you want isn't on the list, double-click the Modems
icon in Control Panel to add it.


Click this to change the settings of the modem you are using to
establish the new connection.
Changing the modem settings for this connection will not affect
global modem settings in Control Panel. These settings will be used
only with this connection.


Click this to select the type of dial-up server to use.
Note that changes to the server type do not apply to a connection
that is currently open.


Lists the types of servers available, as determined by the Dial-Up
Adapter installed on this computer.
Note that changes to the server type do not apply to a connection
that is currently open.


Specifies whether incoming or outgoing information is compressed
before it is sent. This is useful to speed up the transfer of
information.
Compression will occur only if both computers are using compatible
compression.

 Specifies that only encrypted passwords can be sent to or accepted
by your computer. This is useful if you need additional security
for this connection. If you are dialing out, type your password in
regular form; your computer will encrypt it for you. The computer
you are connecting to must support encrypted passwords for this
option to take effect.


Specifies that Dial-Up Networking will attempt to log on to the
network you are connecting to, using the username and password you
typed when you logged on to Windows.


Specifies the network protocols that your computer can use. 
To add or remove one of these three protocols, double-click the
Network icon in Control Panel, and then click Add, or click a
protocol in the list and click Remove.


Click this to change the TCP/IP settings exclusively for this
connection. This is useful if you have different TCP/IP
configurations for different connections.


If selected, Dial-Up Networking will accept an IP address from a
PPP server. If the PPP server does not offer an IP address, the IP
address specified for TCP/IP -> Dial-Up Adapter in the Network
properties in Control Panel will be used. 


If selected, type the preferred IP address for this connection.
Dial-Up Networking will try to use this address. 
This is useful if you have more than one Internet account and want
to use different IP addresses for different connections.


If selected, Dial-Up Networking will accept DNS and WINS server
addresses from a PPP server. If the PPP server does not offer DNS
and WINS addresses, DNS and WINS server addresses specified for
TCP/IP in the Network properties in Control Panel are used. 


If selected, type one or two DNS and/or WINS server addresses to
use for this connection only. Dial-Up Networking will try to use
these addresses first.
This is useful if you have more than one Internet account and need
to use different DNS and WINS server addresses for different
connections.


If checked, Dial-Up Networking uses IP header compression for this
connection. IP header compression optimizes data transfer between
computers.

If checked, IP  traffic is routed to the WAN connection by default.



Dials the specified phone number and connects to the computer
you're dialing.


Specifies whether Windows will redial the connection if the line is
busy or doesn't answer, or if the connection is disrupted. 


Specifies how many times Windows will redial a connection after
failing to connect.


Specifies the interval, in minutes and seconds, between each redial
attempt.


Specifies whether Windows will prompt you to use Dial-Up Networking
each time you establish a connection. 
This is useful if you want to assign a drive letter to a drive to
which you are connected.


Shows which version of Windows is installed on your computer.


Specifies the type of processor your computer has and how much
extended memory is in your computer and available to Windows.


Specifies the name of the person who is registered to use this copy
of Windows. This name was entered during Setup.

Specifies how much extended memory is in your computer and whether
you are using 32-bit paging or 16-bit paging.


Specifies how much of the virtual memory in your computer is
available. The rest of the memory is being used by Windows and
other programs.


Click this to change virtual-memory settings. These settings should
be changed only by system administrators or other advanced users.


Click this to change file system settings. These settings should be
changed only by system administrators or other advanced users.


Optimizes disk performance for the typical use of the computer.
Select the most common use for this computer.


 If you have a CD-ROM drive, specifies the cache size and how the
cache is balanced. Most of the time, you do not have to change
these settings.


Changes the cache size for your CD-ROM drive. The size of the cache
when you choose small or large will differ depending on the type of
CD-ROM you are optimizing.


Specifies the type of CD-ROM you have.


Specifies that Windows reserves some hard-disk space to use as
extra memory. This speeds up your computer's performance. In most
cases, you will see the best performance if Windows determines
these settings.

By default, Windows maintains long filenames and extended file
information on files and folders. To disable this support, run
Setup again and choose the Custom option for installing.


These options enable you to change file-system settings. You should
use these options only if you are troubleshooting, because checking
any of these options will degrade Windows performance.


Uses the default setting for the amount of hard-disk space that
your computer can use as extra memory. Whenever possible, you
should choose this option.
Windows chooses the default setting based on the amount of free
hard-disk space. The swapfile then shrinks and grows dynamically
based on actual memory usage. If you choose this option, the
minimum size is zero and the maximum can be up to the available
space on your hard disk.


Click this to change the amount of hard-disk space your computer
can use as extra memory.
Unless you have specific memory needs that aren't being met by the
default setting, it is better to let Windows manage your
virtual-memory settings.


Specifies which hard disk you want to use for virtual memory, and
specifies the amount of free space on the selected hard disk.


Specifies the minimum amount of hard-disk space your computer can
use as extra memory. You might want to increase this setting if you
use a program that requires a large amount of memory.


Specifies the maximum amount of hard-disk space your computer can
use as extra memory.


Disables virtual memory. Your computer may slow down significantly,
and you may not be able to run large programs. This option is not
recommended.


Lists the hardware on your computer by type or by connection.
If you display the hardware by type, a device will be listed under
its hardware category.
If you display the hardware by connection, the device will be
listed under the hardware it is connected to. For example, you may
see a SCSI card listed, and the various devices attached to the
SCSI card will be listed beneath it.

Lists the hardware on your computer. To see hardware in a category,
click the plus sign next to the hardware type or connection name.
To see information about a piece of hardware, double-click it.
An X through an icon means the hardware has been disabled. A
circled exclamation point through the icon means the hardware has
a problem. The type of problem will be displayed in the properties
for the hardware.


Click this to display and change properties for the selected device
in the hardware list.


Updates the hardware list. This process may take a few minutes.


Removes the selected device or hardware type from the hardware
list. If the device you select is not a Plug and Play device, make
sure you also remove the hardware card from your computer so the
resources used by the device will be freed.
For example, if you remove a sound device, remember to remove the
sound card from your computer. To reinstall a device that you have
removed, double-click the Add New Hardware icon in Control Panel.


Click this to print a summary of your hardware, including resources
used and device drivers, if applicable. This is useful for hardware
troubleshooting.


Specifies the type of report you want to print.


Prints a report organized by resource type (IRQ, I/O port, memory,
and DMA channel). Under each resource type, the report lists which
hardware is using each resource.


Prints a report listing the resources and device drivers, if any,
used by the hardware selected in the hardware list.


Prints a complete report about your hardware, including a list of
all resources used by the hardware and details about each piece of
hardware.

Specifies which printer the report is sent to. To change the
printer, click Setup.


 Specifies that you want to print to a file instead of a printer.
If you select this option, Windows will prompt you for the name of
the file.


Specifies general information about your hardware.


Displays the status of the selected hardware device. If the
hardware has a problem, the type of problem and a suggested
solution are displayed here. 
You may also see a problem code and a number. If you call a support
line, this number will be helpful in tracking down the problem.


Provides a place to enable or disable this device. If the box is
checked, the device is enabled for that configuration and the
Windows driver for the device will be loaded. If the box is not
checked, the device is disabled, and the Windows driver for the
device will not be loaded. If you use a real-mode driver for the
hardware, it is unaffected by these settings.
If you disable Plug and Play hardware, resources for the hardware
will automatically be available for other hardware. If you disable
hardware that is not Plug and Play, you must also remove the device
from the hardware list in Device Manager, and then physically
remove the hardware from your computer to free the resources.


This device is part of a multifunction device. To disable this
device, you must disable the parent device, which is specified
above.
To disable the parent device, click OK to return to the hardware
list, click the parent device, and then disable it. When you
disable the parent device, all the child devices attached to it are
also disabled.


Displays the device drivers that are currently being used by this
hardware. To add or change a driver, click Change Driver.


Enables you to change the device driver used by this hardware.


If the information is available, displays information about the
driver selected in the Driver Files list.

Lists the available hardware models.


Click Show Compatible Devices to show only hardware that is
compatible with the hardware installed in your computer. Click Show
All Devices to show all available hardware devices.


Click this if you have an installation disk for the hardware you
are installing.


Provides a place for you to type or select the path to the file
that contains information about your device. Or you can click
Browse to search through folders to find the file you want.


Specifies the resources currently used by the hardware. To change
a resource setting, double-click the resource type for the setting
you want to change.
Generally, it is best not to change resource settings manually.
When you change settings manually, the settings are fixed, and
Windows will then have less flexibility when configuring other
devices. If too many resources are fixed, Windows may not be able
to install new Plug and Play devices. To have Windows choose
resource settings for you, check the Use Automatic Settings box.


Changes the value of the setting selected in the Resource Settings
box.
If this button is not available, the settings for this hardware
cannot be changed. However, you may be able to use a different
configuration by clicking a different option in the Settings Based
On box.


Check this box if you want Windows to determine available resource
settings for this hardware. This box is available only if your
hardware supports this capability.
If this box is available, it is best to check it. Windows will then
have the most flexibility when configuring other devices. If this
box is not checked, the resource settings are fixed and Windows may
not be able to install new Plug and Play devices.


Lists which configuration (group of available resource settings)
the hardware is currently using. To choose a different
configuration, click the down arrow.
If you choose a configuration other than the default, the hardware
may run more slowly, or some functionality may not be available.


Lists any conflicts among the resources shown in the Resource
Settings box. For Help on resolving a hardware conflict, look under
Troubleshooting in the Help Contents.

Displays the current value for the resource setting you selected,
and lists other values you can choose that will work with your
hardware. If you choose a setting that is already in use by other
hardware, the conflict will be listed in the Conflict Information
box.


Displays the device(s) currently using the resource displayed in
the Value box.
If a device is listed in this box, a hardware conflict will occur
if you use the selected resource. If this box reads "No devices are
conflicting," the resource selected above is available for use.


Displays general information about the hardware type.


Click a resource type to see a list of the current resource
settings and the hardware that is using each setting. If the box
below is empty when you click a resource type, then all the
settings of that type are free.


Displays the resource values currently in use and the hardware that
is using the resource.
To change a resource assignment, click OK to return to the hardware
list. In the hardware list, double-click the hardware using the
resource you want to change, and then click the Resources tab.


Click the type of resource you want to reserve. If you reserve a
resource setting, it cannot be used by any hardware on your system.
Settings that are already reserved are listed below. If nothing is
listed, no settings of that type are currently reserved.


 Displays resources that are already reserved.


Reserves a resource system-wide. If you reserve a resource, it
cannot be used by any hardware on your system. 
To reserve a resource, click the type of resource you want to
reserve, and then click this button.


Changes the value of a reserved resource. To change a reserved
resource, click the resource in the box above, and then click this
button.

Frees a reserved resource so it can be used by hardware. To free a
resource, click the resource in the box above, and then click this
button.


Specifies which value(s) you want to reserve.


Displays a list of the hardware profiles set up on your computer. 
Hardware profiles instruct Windows to load the correct drivers when
the available hardware changes. For example, you may have different
hardware available for your portable computer, depending on whether
the computer is docked or undocked. Windows will load only the
drivers needed for the correct profile.


Copies the hardware profile you select to a new hardware profile.
You can then make changes to the new profile. This is useful if,
for example, you want to choose whether to use a network, and don't
want to load the device drivers if you choose not to use the
network.


Renames an existing hardware profile.


Deletes a hardware profile from the list. If you delete a hardware
profile, you will have to set it up again if you start your
computer with that profile later.


Provides a place for you to type a name for the new hardware
profile.


Displays the name of the profile you are copying or renaming.


Specifies what memory will be used for your PC card devices.

When checked, specifies that Windows will automatically determine
what memory is used by your PC cards.


Specify the start, end, and length of memory segment you want to
use for your PC cards.


Turns off the sound that occurs when a PC card is inserted or
removed from the socket.


Provides information about your SCSI disk.


Displays disk options. Most of the time, you do not have to change
these settings.


This option is only for SCSI devices. This option is enabled by
default, and should not be changed if your SCSI device works
properly.


This option is for SCSI devices only. This option is enabled by
default for disks, and disabled by default for CD-ROMs. This option
should not be changed if your SCSI device works properly.


Specifies that Windows will automatically be notified when you
insert a compact disc in a CD-ROM drive.


Indicates that the disk is removable. Change this option only if it
is incorrect.

Specifies whether the drive is an INT 13 drive. If it is, you
cannot change this option. If it isn't, you may want to change this
option only if you want to use utilities that work only on INT 13
drives. For example, if you want to use FDISK to partition this
drive, you could check this box.
If this feature is enabled for removable drives, the media must be
in the drive when you start your computer.


Specifies which drive letter is currently assigned to this drive.


 Specifies which drive letters are reserved for a removable drive.
If your removable drive is partitioned, you need to reserve drive
letters for each partition.


Specifies the baud rate for this port. If you are unsure what the
value should be, consult your hardware documentation, or use the
default value.


Specifies the data bits for this port. If you are unsure what the
value should be, consult your hardware documentation, or use the
default value.


Specifies the parity for this port. If you are unsure what the
value should be, consult your hardware documentation, or use the
default value.


Specifies the stop bits for this port. If you are unsure what the
value should be, consult your hardware documentation, or use the
default value.


Specifies the flow control for this port. If you are unsure what
the value should be, consult your hardware documentation, or use
the default value.


Restores the values for bits per second (baud rate), data bits,
parity, stop bits, and flow control to the default values.

When selected, enables you to reserve and select the size of a DMA
buffer. Generally, you do not have to change this option.


When selected, DMA transfers will occur only below the memory
address specified. For example, if you choose 16 MB, DMA transfers
will occur below 16 MB. If you choose 4 GB (if you have a 486 or
Pentium processor), DMA transfers will occur below 4 GB.
Generally, you do not have to change this option.


Click this to restore reserved memory and address restrictions to
the default settings.


This button appears in one of two cases. The text above this button
describes which case it is.
In the first case, resource settings used by this device have been
freed temporarily, probably because your device is disabled. To set
resources for this device automatically, click the General tab, and
then enable the device. To manually determine resources for this
device, click this button. The resource settings you choose will be
set until you specify to choose settings automatically.
In the second case, the resource settings used by this device are
working, but they don't match any of the known configurations.
Click this button to use one of the known configurations instead of
the settings your device is currently using.
If the configuration you choose does not contain all the resource
settings required by this device, your hardware may not work
properly. You may want to contact your hardware manufacturer for
updated drivers or .inf files for this device.
If your hardware is working properly now, it is best not to change
settings by using this button.


Click this to see the product support number you should call if you
need assistance, and other information from your PC manufacturer.


Displays a list of the hardware that is conflicting.


Click this to display a list of hardware that is conflicting.


Hardware profiles instruct Windows to load the correct drivers when
the available hardware changes. For example, you may have different
hardware available for your portable computer, depending on whether
the computer is docked or undocked. Windows will load only the
drivers needed for the correct hardware profile.


Displays the available communications ports and the type of
hardware installed on your computer through communications ports.

Displays information about the current communications driver
installed on your computer.


When a modem is selected, displays more information about the port
settings and the modem command settings.


Opens a troubleshooter that tells you how to solve modem problems.


Displays a list of the PC cards currently plugged into your
computer.
To remove a card, click it in the list, and then click Stop.


Safely stops the selected PC card. Click a PC card in the list
above, and then click this to have Windows safely stop it. When
Windows prompts you, you can remove the card from your computer.


When this box is checked, a PC card (PCMCIA) icon appears on the
taskbar. You can then double-click the icon to see properties for
your PC card(s), or click once for a menu that enables you to stop
a PC card before removing it.


When this box is checked, Windows will warn you if you try to
remove a PC card without stopping it first.
You can stop a PC card by using the taskbar icon or the PC Card
(PCMCIA) icon in Control Panel.


 Installs a default Windows driver that will work with your
hardware. This option is only available if a Windows driver exists
that works with your hardware. 
Click this option if it is available and you don't have a disk
provided by your hardware manufacturer, or if you know the disk you
have is out-of-date.


Installs a driver from a disk provided by your hardware
manufacturer. Click this option if you have a disk that came with
your hardware.
If you click this option and see a message that there is nothing on
the disk to list, it may be that the installation files on the disk
provided by your manufacturer are not compatible with this version
of Windows. In this case, choose not to install a driver, and
install the driver by using the installation program on the disk.

Does not install a driver.
Click this option if you want to install a driver for your hardware
later, or if the installation files on the disk provided by your
manufacturer are not compatible with this version of Windows. If
you choose this option, Windows will not prompt you again for a
driver. You can install a driver later by using Device Manager.


Displays a list of devices so you can choose a similar device and
install its driver. (For example, you may be able to install a
standard driver for your type of hardware, or you can choose a
similar type of device from the list and see if its driver will
work.)
This option is not recommended if any other options are available.


Installing a driver for your new hardware
Windows found new hardware on your computer and needs to install
the software (driver) that will enable it to work properly.
For information about an option in this dialog box, click one of
the following buttons:
     Windows default driver
     Driver from disk provided by hardware manufacturer
     Do not install a driver (Windows will not prompt you again.)
     Select from a list of alternate drivers


System resources are low. Some programs may not run.
Windows has a limited number of system resources available. When
you have many programs open, or you open a program that uses many
system resources, Windows may run more slowly and some programs may
not run properly.
Quit some programs to free up system resources, or restart your
computer.


Suggestion: You may want to install more RAM.
You have less than 8 megabytes of random-access memory (RAM)
installed on your computer, or you loaded a large program before
starting Windows. 
Windows will run without problems under these conditions. However,
if you want to speed up Windows and your programs, you may want to
install more RAM.


System memory is running very low.
Your system memory (memory below 1 MB) is low, which could cause
your programs to run more slowly.
Check to see if you have any memory-resident programs running that
you no longer use, or load some of your device drivers into the
upper memory area.


Compatibility mode paging reduces overall system performance.
Windows was unable to identify a real-mode driver or
memory-resident program loaded in your Config.sys or Autoexec.bat
file. You will see another message that lists the name of the
driver or program causing the problem.
Because Windows could not identify the driver or program, it has
switched to MS-DOS compatibility mode to ensure the program will
run. However, this slows down overall performance. To improve
performance, remove the program or driver causing the problem, or
contact its manufacturer for an updated version.


Performance may be improved by enabling virtual memory.
Windows is able to use hard-disk space on your computer as extra
memory. This is called virtual memory. This feature is currently
disabled on your computer.
     Click here    for instructions on enabling virtual memory.


PC card (PCMCIA) devices are not using 32-bit support.
Windows PC card (PCMCIA) 32-bit support enables you to insert and
remove PC cards while the computer is running. It also enables the
use of Plug and Play drivers for PC cards.
If you only have one PC card device, you may not need this support.
If you use more than one PC card device, you may want to enable
32-bit support.
     Click here   !IE(FE(`mspcic.dll'),`EF(`main.cpl',`PC Card
(PCMCIA)',0)',`PI(`',`NO_PCMCIA_WIZARD')')  to enable 32-bit PC
card support.

Drive X is using real mode compression software.
The software you are using to compress your disk is real-mode
software, which means Windows will access your disks more slowly
than when using 32-bit software. 
To speed up the access to your compressed drives, use DriveSpace or
other 32-bit compression software.


[Filename] in CONFIG.SYS forces MS-DOS compatibility mode.
Windows was unable to identify the specified real-mode driver which
was loaded in your Config.sys file.
If you no longer need this driver, remove it from your Config.sys
file. Otherwise, contact the manufacturer of this driver to see if
a Windows (protected-mode) driver is available. Windows will not
perform optimally until you have done one of these things.


[Filename] in AUTOEXEC.BAT forces MS-DOS compatibility mode.
Windows was unable to identify the specified memory-resident
program which was loaded in your Autoexec.bat file.
If you no longer need this program, remove it from your
Autoexec.bat file. Otherwise, contact the manufacturer of this
program to see if an updated version is available. Windows will not
perform optimally while this program is loaded.


MS-DOS compatibility mode file system: POSSIBLE VIRUS
The master boot record has been modified by some program. This can
be the result of installing disk-manager software used to add large
hard-disk drives to older computers, or encryption or other
security software. It can also be caused by a virus on your
computer. If you do not have disk-management or security software
installed, you should scan you computer for viruses.
Warning  Viruses can cause data loss. Check all the disks on your
computer immediately for a virus by using any virus-checking
software.


Drive X: using MS-DOS compatibility mode file system
This problem often occurs on more than one drive. Usually it is
caused by a driver in Config.sys that Windows doesn't recognize,
and is related to the problem "Compatibility mode paging reduces
overall system performance." If you also see that problem, see the
Help for that problem first.
If you only see this message on one drive, that drive is using an
MS-DOS compatibility (real-mode) driver, which may slow down access
to that drive. Contact your hardware manufacturer to see if an
updated driver is available for your drive. If not, the drive may
work more slowly than is optimal, but you can still use it.


Displays a list of the types of devices to choose from.


Select the configuration from which you want to remove this device,
or choose to remove the device from all configurations.


Removes the device from all configurations.


Windows was unable to find an information (.inf) file on the disk
you specified. Click this button if you want to try again.

Windows was unable to find an information (.inf) file on the disk
you specified. Click this button if you do not want to install a
driver now. You will not be able to use this device until you
install a driver for it.


Click this to restore the registry from a backup copy and restart
your computer.


If one of the above areas is not optimal, a description of the
performance problem appears here. For more information, click an
item, and then click Details. If your computer is configured for
optimal performance, a message appears instead of the problems box.


 Select a problem in the box, and then click this button for more
information on solving the problem.


Specifies the amount of physical memory (RAM) in your computer.


Specifies the percentage of free system resources. If this number
drops too low, your computer may perform more slowly.


Specifies whether you are using a 32-bit or MS-DOS compatibility
mode (real-mode) file system. Windows will perform best using a
32-bit file system.
A file system accesses and reads data off of your disk. Your disks
will be slower if you are using MS-DOS compatibility mode.


Specifies whether virtual memory is enabled (using either 32-bit or
MS-DOS compatibility mode) or disabled.
Virtual memory is hard-disk space that is used as extra memory. If
virtual memory is enabled and is using MS-DOS compatibility mode,
it means the disk being used for virtual memory is using that mode.
This is slower than if the disk is using 32-bit access.


Specifies whether you have installed any disk compression software
on your computer. If you do have compression software, it is either
32-bit software, which is optimal, or MS-DOS compatibility mode
(real-mode) compression software, which runs more slowly.

Specifies whether you have a PCMCIA socket enabled, and if so,
whether you have enabled 32-bit support. Windows PC card (PCMCIA)
32-bit support enables you to insert and remove PC cards while your
computer is running. It also enables the use of Plug and Play
drivers for PC cards.
If this line specifies that you have no socket installed and your
computer has a PCMCIA socket, double-click the Add New Hardware
icon in Control Panel to install it.


Shows whether your numeric data processor is Intel Pentium
floating-point hardware that contains the floating-point division
accuracy error.


To always use your numeric data processor, click the first option.
This option is recommended if your processor doesn't have the
floating-point division accuracy error, or if your processor has
the error but you want to use it anyway.
If your processor did not pass the diagnostics (and it has the
floating-point division accuracy error) and you do not want to use
this processor, click the second option. If you later install a fix
for your processor, your numeric data processor will work properly
again.
If you do not want to use a processor at all, click the third
option. If you later want to use the processor, you must change
this setting before it will work.


Check this box to enable power management support. If this box is
empty, all Windows power management features will be disabled.


Check this box to force Advanced Power Management compatibility
with Windows version 3.1.


Check this box to disable detection of the Intel SL power
management support at startup. Check this box only if your computer
stops responding when this box isn't checked.


Check this box to disable power status polling. Check this box only
if your keyboard or mouse stops responding while you are working in
an MS-DOS window.


Click this to adjust how Windows uses the graphics capabilities of
your hardware. This is useful if you are having display-related
problems.


Specifies the amount of acceleration you want for your graphics
hardware. Full acceleration is the fastest and is recommended for
most computers. If your computer is having problems and you suspect
graphics acceleration to be the cause, use the highest setting at
which you don't have problems.

Provides a place for you to type parameters that will be passed to
your SCSI driver when it starts.


To display the percentage of free system resources
     Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,3')  to display
Performance information.


To reserve disk space for extra memory
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,3')  to display
Performance information.
2    Click Virtual Memory.
3    Make sure the first option to let Windows manage your virtual
memory settings is selected.
Tips
     Whenever possible, it is best to let Windows manage your
virtual memory. Windows chooses the default setting based on the
amount of free hard-disk space. The swapfile then shrinks and grows
dynamically based on actual memory usage.
     If you need to specify a different disk or set limits on the
minimum or maximum reserved space, click the second option. Then
specify the new disk in the Hard Disk box or type values (in
kilobytes) in the Minimum or Maximum boxes.


To set up new hardware
1    Click here   !EF(`sysdm.cpl',`Add New Hardware,0')  to start
the Add New Hardware wizard.
2    Follow the instructions on your screen.
Tip
     It is recommended that you let Windows detect your new
hardware. Make sure you have connected your hardware or installed
its components in your computer before running the wizard.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_SYS_DOWNLOAD_WDL")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_SYS_DOWNLOAD_WDL")


To view or change resource settings for a hardware device
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to the hardware device type.
3    Double-click the hardware.
4    Click the Resources tab.
     If your device does not have a Resources tab, either you
cannot change its resources or it isn't using any resource
settings.
5    Double-click the resource you want to change.
Tips
     You cannot change resource settings while the Use Automatic
Settings box in the Resources tab is checked.
     In some cases, you may see a Set Configuration Manually button
on the Resources tab. You may have to click this button before you
can change resource settings.
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To view which resources are in use by all devices
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click Computer, and then click Properties.
3    To see which resource settings are in use, click a resource
type at the top of the dialog box.


To view or change which resources are reserved system-wide
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click Computer, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Reserve Resources tab.
4    To view reserved resources, click a resource type at the top
of the dialog box.
     To reserve resources, click Add.


To print information about your hardware
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    To print all hardware information, click Computer, and then
click Print.
     To print information about selected hardware, click the
hardware, and then click Print.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


 To enable or disable hardware in a hardware profile
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to the hardware type, and then
double-click the hardware.
3    In the Device Usage area, click to place a check mark next to
each hardware profile in which you want to enable the hardware, or
clear the check box to disable the hardware for that hardware
profile.
Tip
     If you see a message prompting you to restart your computer,
click Yes.

{ewc
,AL("A_ENABLE_DEVICE;A_DISABLE_DEVICE;A_CREATE_HP;A_FREE_RESOURCE
S")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ENABLE_DEVICE;A_DISABLE_DEVICE;A_CREATE_HP;A_FREE_R
ESOURCES")

To enable a hardware device
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to the hardware type, and then
double-click the hardware.
3    In the Device Usage area, make sure there is a check mark in
the box next to the current configuration.
Tip
     If you see a message prompting you to restart your computer,
click Yes.


To disable a hardware device
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to the hardware type, and then
double-click the hardware.
3    In the Device Usage area, make sure the check box next to the
current configuration is empty.
     If there is more than one configuration listed in the Device
Usage area, clear the check boxes next to each configuration in
which you want to disable the device.
Tip
     The device will be disabled, but the resource settings may not
be freed unless you have Plug and Play hardware. To free the
resource settings used by this device, click Related Topics below.

{ewc ,AL("A_FREE_RESOURCES")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_FREE_RESOURCES")


To free resource settings used by disabled hardware
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    In the hardware list, click the plus sign next to the type of
hardware, and then click the device that is disabled.
3    Click Remove, and then click OK.
4    Click the Start button, and then click Shut Down. Click OK.
When the message appears saying it is safe to do so, turn off and
unplug your computer, and then remove the card for this hardware
from the slot inside your computer.
Tip
     If you have a Plug and Play device, resources are freed
automatically when you disable or remove a device. To see if
resources are free after the device is disabled but before removing
the device, double-click the device in the hardware list in Device
Manager, and then click the Resources tab.

{ewc ,AL("A_DISABLE_DEVICE")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_DISABLE_DEVICE")


To create a hardware profile
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,2')  to display Hardware
Profiles information.
2    Click the name of the hardware profile you want to base the
new hardware profile on, and then click Copy.
3    Type a name for the hardware profile you want to create.
Tips
     To change which hardware is enabled or disabled in your new
hardware profile, click Related Topics below.
     When you start Windows, you are prompted to select the
hardware profile in which to start Windows. Windows loads only the
device drivers for those hardware devices that are enabled in the
profile you select.
     If you have a hardware profile named the same as an MS-DOS
multiple configuration menu item, the corresponding menu item will
be run automatically when you start in that hardware profile.

{ewc ,AL("A_ENABLE_DISABLE")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ENABLE_DISABLE")


To delete a hardware profile
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,2')  to display Hardware
Profiles information.
2    Click the name of the hardware profile you want to remove.
3    Click Delete.


To rename a hardware profile
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,2')  to display Hardware
Profiles information.
2    Click the name of the hardware profile you want to rename.
3    Click Rename.


To add or change a device driver for hardware
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to the type of hardware, and then
double-click the hardware.
3    On the Driver tab, click Change Driver, and then follow the
instructions on the screen.
Tip
     Some devices don't have a Driver tab. In this case, you may be
able to change the driver by double-clicking the icon in Control
Panel that is specific to that type of hardware. See your hardware
documentation for more information.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_SYS_DOWNLOAD_WDL")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_SYS_DOWNLOAD_WDL")


To view information about a device driver
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to the type of hardware, and then
double-click the hardware.
3    Click the Driver tab, and then click the device driver you
want information about.
Tip
     Some devices don't have a Driver tab. In this case, you may be
able to view information about the driver by double-clicking the
icon in Control Panel that is specific to that type of hardware.
See your hardware documentation for more information.

{ewc ,AL("A_CONTROL_PANEL")} Related Topics%!AL("A_CONTROL_PANEL")


To view information about your hardware
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to the type of hardware you want
information about.
3    Double-click the icon for the hardware.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.

To optimize your hard disk or CD-ROM
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,3')  to display
Performance information.
2    Click File System.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To change the drive letter assignment for a disk or CD-ROM
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to the type of drive, and then
double-click the disk or CD-ROM for which you want to change the
letter.
3    Click Settings, and then change the drive letter assignment.
Tip
     If the box to change the drive letter assignment is
unavailable, you cannot change the drive letter.


To get additional drivers from the Windows Driver Library (WDL)
1    If you do not have a modem, obtain a disk that contains the
driver by calling Microsoft Product Support Services. Then proceed
to step 3.
     If you have the CD-ROM version of Windows 95, you can obtain
some drivers from the Drivers folder. If the driver you need is in
that folder, proceed to step 3.
     If you have a modem, connect to one of the online services
listed, and then download the driver you want from the Windows
Driver Library (WDL).
     The Microsoft Network (MSN): Look in the Windows 95 area.
     Worldwide Web: (http://www.microsoft.com.)
     Gopher: (gopher://gopher.microsoft.com)
     FTP: (ftp://ftp.microsoft.com)
     CompuServe: (GO MSL)
     Microsoft Download Service (MSDL): Call the U.S. phone number
(206) 936-6735. There is no connect-time charge to use the MSDL.
2    In My Computer or Windows Explorer, double-click the file you
downloaded to extract the driver.
3    Click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click
Control Panel.
4    Double-click the Add New Hardware icon, and then follow the
on-screen instructions. At the prompt, "Do you want Windows to
search for your new hardware?", click No.
5    Select the hardware type for the driver you are installing.
6    Click Have Disk, and then specify the location of the driver
file.
7    Follow the instructions on your screen.
Note
     Drivers are available at no charge; however, connect-time fees
and long-distance telephone charges, if any, apply.


The Microsoft Windows Driver Library (WDL) contains a Hardware
Compatibility List (HCL) as well as device drivers for many
printers, and display, multimedia, network, and other adapters. New
and updated device drivers are added to the WDL as they become
available.


Click this to add a program to the Start menu or the Programs menu.


Click this to remove a program from the Start menu or the Programs
menu.


Click this to start Windows Explorer.


Lists the menus and menu items that you can modify. To open a menu,
click the plus (+) sign beside it. Some menus, such as Accessories,
have submenus. If this is the case, continue clicking plus signs
until the item you want to remove is visible. Click the menu item
you want to remove, and then click Remove.


Deletes the selected item in the list above.

Removes the list of documents from the Documents menu.


Shows how the settings on this tab affect the way Windows displays
the taskbar. This image changes as  you select different settings.


Ensures that the taskbar is always visible, even when you run a
program in a full screen.


Reduces the taskbar to a thin line at the bottom of your screen
after you use the Start menu or the taskbar. To redisplay the
taskbar, point to the thin line. If you want the taskbar to be
available even when you run a program in a full screen, make sure
both Always On Top and Auto Hide are checked.


 Reduces the size of the menu that appears when you click the Start
button.


Displays a digital clock on the taskbar. The clock displays the
time as specified by your computer's internal clock. You can point
to the clock to display the date, and double-click the clock to
adjust the time or date.


Provides a place for you to type all or part of the name of the
file you are searching for.


Shows where Windows will search for the file you want to find. To
specify a different location, click Browse.


Click this to specify where you want Windows to begin its search.

When this box is checked, Windows searches all the folders within
your main folders.


Begins your search.


Ends your search.


Begins a new search. If you click this button, you lose the results
of your previous search.


Displays the files Windows found. To sort the list of files, click
the Name, In Folder, Size, Type, or Modified button.


Finds all the files that match the criteria you specified on other
tabs, regardless of when the files were created or modified.


Finds files that were created or modified during a specific time
period. Windows will find files that match the criteria on this tab
and the other tabs in this dialog box.


Searches for files that were created within the number of days you
specify.


Searches for files that were created within the number of months
you specify.

Searches for files that were created between the dates you specify.


Provides a place for you to specify the beginning of a range of
dates. 


Provides a place for you to specify the end of a range of dates. 


Lists the types of files Windows can search for. If you don't know
a file's name but do know its type, you may be able to find it by
specifying only its type.


Provides a place for you to type some of the text a file contains.
If you don't know a file's name, you may be able to find the file
by typing some of its contents.


Provides a place for you to specify a minimum or maximum file size.
For example, if you select At Least in this box and 50 in the K
box, Windows will search for all files that are 50K or larger.


Provides a place for you to specify the size of the file you're
looking for.


Provides a place for you to type the location and filename of the
program you want to run. If you are unsure of the program's
location or filename, click Browse. You can also make a temporary
network connection by typing the path to a shared computer in this
box.


To start a program
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Programs.
2    If the program you want is not on the menu, point to the
folder that contains the program.
3    Click the program.
Tips
     After you start a program, a button appears on the taskbar. To
switch from one running program to another, click its taskbar
button.
     If the program you want to start doesn't appear on the
Programs menu or one of its submenus, point to Find on the Start
menu, and then click Files Or Folders. Use the Find dialog box to
locate the program file.

{ewc ,AL("A_CUST_START_MENU;WIN_TRAY_PROGRAM_MENU_DEF")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_CUST_START_MENU;WIN_TRAY_PROGRAM_MENU_DEF")

 To open a document you've used recently
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Documents.
2    Click the document you want to open.
Tip
     Some programs cannot add files to the Documents menu. If the
document you want to open is not listed, click the Start button,
and then point to Find. Click Files Or Folders, and then use the
Find dialog box to locate the file.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_TRAY_CLEAR_DOC_MENU;A_FIND_FILE")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_TRAY_CLEAR_DOC_MENU;A_FIND_FILE")


To clear the contents of the Documents menu
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Settings.
2    Click Taskbar, and then click the Start Menu Programs tab.
3    In the Documents Menu area, click Clear.


To change your computer's settings
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Settings.
2    Click Control Panel.
3    Double-click the icon that represents the settings you want to
change.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.


To start a program each time Windows starts
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Settings.
2    Click Taskbar, and then click the Start Menu Programs tab.
3    Click Add, and then click Browse.
4    Locate the program you want to start, and then double-click
it.
5    Click Next, and then double-click the StartUp folder.
6    Type the name that you want to see on the StartUp menu, and
then click Finish.
     If Windows prompts you to choose an icon, click one, and then
click Finish.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_TRAY_PROGRAM_MENU_DEF")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_TRAY_PROGRAM_MENU_DEF")


To start a program in a minimized or maximized window
1    Use your right mouse button to click the Start button, and
then click Open. 
2    Locate the program you want to start, and then click the
program's icon.
3    Click the File menu, and then click Properties.
4    Click the Shortcut tab.
5    In the Run box, click Minimized or Maximized.
Tips
     Starting a program in a minimized window is most useful for
the items on your StartUp menu. In this case, the program will
start every time your computer starts, and will appear as a button
on the taskbar. To use that program, click its button.
     You can configure any shortcut to start in a minimized or
maximized window. For information about creating shortcuts, click
Related Topics below.

{ewc
,AL("A_TRAY_START_PROG_AUTO;A_CUST_START_MENU;A_WIN_FCAB_CREATE_N
EW_SHORTCUT;A-LINK")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_TRAY_START_PROG_AUTO;A_CUST_START_MENU;A_WIN_FCAB_C
REATE_NEW_SHORTCUT;A-LINK")


To add a program to the Start or Programs menu
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Settings.
2    Click Taskbar, and then click the Start Menu Programs tab.
3    Click Add, and then click Browse.
4    Locate the program you want to add, and then double-click it.
5    Click Next, and then double-click the menu on which you want
the program to appear.
6    Type the name that you want to see on the menu, and then click
Finish.
     If Windows prompts you to choose an icon, click one, and then
click Finish.
Tip
     You can also add a program to the top of the Start menu by
dragging the program's icon onto the Start button.

{ewc ,AL("A_CUST_TASK_BAR;WIN_TRAY_PROGRAM_MENU_DEF")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_CUST_TASK_BAR;WIN_TRAY_PROGRAM_MENU_DEF")


To remove a program from the Start or Programs menu
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Settings.
2    Click Taskbar, and then click the Start Menu Programs tab.
3    Click Remove, and then locate the program you want to remove.
4    Click the program, and then click Remove. Although this
deletes the shortcut from the Start menu, the original program
remains on your computer.
Tip
     Each folder represents a menu or submenu. To open a folder,
double-click it.


To customize the taskbar or Start menu
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Settings.
2    Click Taskbar.
3    On the Taskbar Options or Start Menu Programs tab, change
settings as needed. 
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.

{ewc ,AL("A_CUST_START_MENU;WIN_TRAY_REMOVE_PROGRAM")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_CUST_START_MENU;WIN_TRAY_REMOVE_PROGRAM")


To find a file or folder
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Find.
2    Click Files Or Folders.
3    In the Named box, type all or part of the file's name.
     If you do not know the name of a file or want to refine the
search, click the Date Modified or Advanced tabs. 
     If you want to specify where Windows should begin its search,
click Browse. 
4    Click Find Now.
Tips
     For Help on an item, click the Help menu, and then click the
What's This? command. Then click the item you want information
about.
     If you type upper- and lowercase letters in the Containing
Text box on the Advanced tab, and you want the search to be
case-sensitive, click the Options menu and make sure the Case
Sensitive box is checked.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_TRAY_SAVE_SEARCH_RESULTS")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_TRAY_SAVE_SEARCH_RESULTS")

To save the results of a search for files or folders
1    Conduct a search for files.
     For information about finding files, click Related Topics
below.
2    If you want to save the results of a search along with the
search criteria, click Options, and then click Save Results. 
     If you want to save only the search criteria, make sure the
Save Results box is clear.
3    Click the File menu, and then click Save Search.
     An icon representing the search results or search criteria
appears on your desktop. 
Tip
     After you double-click the search results icon, you can
reinitiate the search or update the search results by clicking Find
Now.

{ewc ,AL("A_FIND_FILE")} Related Topics%!AL("A_FIND_FILE")


To move the taskbar
     Drag the taskbar to a different location.


To switch between running programs
     Click the program's button on the taskbar.


To start a program by using the Run command
1    Click the Start button, and then click Run.
2    In the Open box, type the location and name of the program you
want to start.
Tips
     If you don't remember the location or name of the program
file, click Browse.
     To select a program you started recently, click the down arrow
in the Open box, click a program in the list, and then click OK.
     You can open a file or folder or connect to a shared computer
by typing its path in the Open box.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_TRAY_PATH_DEF")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_TRAY_PATH_DEF")


To shut down your computer
     Click the Start button, click Shut Down, and then click Shut
Down The Computer. 
Important
     Do not turn off your computer until the "You can now safely
turn off your computer" message appears.


To restart your computer
     Click the Start button, click Shut Down, and then click
Restart The Computer.


To restart your computer in MS-DOS mode
     Click the Start button, click Shut Down, and then click
Restart The Computer In MS-DOS Mode.
Note
     MS-DOS mode is typically used to run programs, such as MS-DOS
games, that will not run under Windows.


To log off your computer so someone else can use it
     Click the Start button, click Shut Down, and then click Close
All Programs And Log On As A Different User.


To display all open windows
1    Using your right mouse button, click a blank area on the
taskbar.
2    Click Cascade, Tile Horizontally, or Tile Vertically.
Tips
     Make sure all the windows you want to display are open. Closed
or minimized windows cannot be displayed.
     To restore your windows to their original state, use your
right mouse button to click a blank area on the taskbar, and then
click Undo Cascade or Undo Tile.

To minimize all open windows
1    Using your right mouse button, click a blank area on the
taskbar.
2    Click Minimize All Windows.
Notes
     Windows does not minimize open dialog boxes.
     To open a minimized window, click its button on the taskbar.
     To restore your windows to their original state, use your
right mouse button to click a blank area on the taskbar, and then
click Undo Minimize All.


To turn on your portable computer's suspend mode
1    If you are using files over a network, save them. Your network
connections may be lost when you suspend your computer.
2    Click the Start button, and then click Suspend. 
     For information about restoring your computer to its original
running state, consult the documentation that came with the
computer. 
Tip
     Use Suspend if you are going to leave your computer briefly
but want to conserve as much energy as possible while you are away.
After you return your computer to its original running state, you
will be able to pick up exactly where you left off.

{ewc ,AL("energy saving features")} Related Topics%!AL("energy
saving features")


To hide the taskbar
1    Click the Start button, and then point to Settings.
2    Click Taskbar.
3    Make sure the Auto Hide box is checked.
Tips
     To redisplay the taskbar, point to the area of your screen
where the taskbar is located. For example, if your taskbar is
located at the bottom of your screen, point to that area.
     Instead of using the Auto Hide setting, you can temporarily
hide the taskbar by pointing to the top of it and dragging downward
when a two-headed arrow appears. To redisplay the taskbar, drag the
visible edge upward.


To close a minimized window
1    Using your right mouse button, click the window's button on
the taskbar.
2    Click Close.


To add a new submenu to the Programs menu
1    Using your right mouse button, click the Start button, and
then click Open.
2    Double-click the Programs folder.
3    Click the File menu, and then point to New.
4    Click Folder, and then type the name that you want to use for
the submenu.
5    Press ENTER, and then double-click the folder you just
created. 
6    On the File menu, point to New, and then click Shortcut.
7    Use the Create Shortcut wizard to add items to the submenu. 

{ewc P!,AL("WIN_TRAY_PROGRAM_MENU_DEF")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_TRAY_PROGRAM_MENU_DEF")


 How programs get on the Start and Programs menus
When you click the Start button and then point to Programs, the
Programs menu appears. The submenus (folders) and programs on the
Programs menu come from several places:
     If you upgraded from a previous version of Windows, your old
program groups appear as folders on the Programs menu.
     During Setup, Windows adds several programs and folders. Each
folder contains a group of programs.
     Windows also adds a StartUp folder during setup. Programs on
the StartUp menu start automatically every time you start Windows.
     The setup programs for any software you install may add
folders to the Programs menu.
     You can modify the contents of the Programs menu. For more
information, click Related Topics below.

{ewc
,AL("A_TRAY_START_PROG_AUTO;A_CUST_START_MENU;TRAY_GROUP_PROGRAMS
;WIN_TRAY_REMOVE_PROGRAM")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_TRAY_START_PROG_AUTO;A_CUST_START_MENU;TRAY_GROUP_P
ROGRAMS;WIN_TRAY_REMOVE_PROGRAM")


To specify a path
A path is a more direct way to describe where a file, such as a
document or program, is located on your computer or network. A path
includes the drive, folders, and subfolders that contain a file, in
addition to the file's name. Generally, a filename ends with a
3-letter "extension" that indicates what type of file it is. For
example, a filename ending in .exe is a program, and a filename
ending in .txt is a text file.
To specify a path
1    Type the drive letter, followed by a colon (:) and backslash
(\). 
2    Type the names of the folders and subfolders that contain the
file. A backslash should precede each folder or subfolder name. 
3    Type the name of the file. A backslash should precede the
filename.
     If you use filenames that contain spaces or exceed eight
characters in length, enclose the path in quotation marks. 
Examples
     To specify the location of Disk Defragmenter, which is located
on drive C in the Windows folder, type:
     c:\windows\defrag.exe
     To specify the location of a document named Party List.doc,
which is located in the Holiday subfolder of the Social Events
folder on drive C, type:
     "c:\socialevents\holiday\partylist.doc"
     To specify the location of a bitmap named Canyon, which is
located in a shared folder named Scenic on a computer named
Pictures, type:
     \\pictures\scenic\canyon.bmp
     Or map the shared folder to a drive (for example, drive D),
and then type:
     d:\canyon.bmp

{ewc ,AL("WIN_FCAB_SHOW_FILE_EXTENSIONS;TIP_PATHNAME")} Related
Topics


Using the Shut Down Windows dialog box
For information about the settings in the Shut Down Windows dialog
box, click one of the following buttons:
     Shut Down The Computer
     Restart The Computer 
     Restart The Computer In MS-DOS Mode
     Close All Programs And Log On As A Different User
To redisplay the Shut Down Windows dialog box, click the Start
button, and then click Shut Down.


To reorganize the items on the Programs menu
1    Use your right mouse button to click the Start button, and
then click Explore.
2    In the left pane of the window, locate the Programs folder,
and then click it.
3    On the File menu, point to New, and then click Folder.
4    Type a name for the folder. This name will appear on the
Programs menu.
     If there are currently so many items on the Programs menu that
you find it difficult to use, create a general category that many
of your programs fit into.
5    Click the plus (+) sign beside the Programs folder. If
necessary, scroll until you see the folder you named in step 4.
6    In the left pane, click a folder whose contents you want to
move into the new folder. The folder's contents are displayed in
the right pane.
7    Drag the icons from the right pane into the new folder or any
other folder in the left pane.
8    To delete the folder you just emptied, click it, click the
File menu, and then click Delete.

The taskbar is the bar on your desktop that has the Start button on
it. Buttons representing running programs appear on this bar.


Saves any Windows settings that you changed and writes any
information that is currently stored in memory to your hard disk.
This prepares your computer to be turned off.


Saves any Windows settings that you changed, writes any information
that is currently stored in memory to your hard disk, and then
restarts your computer.


Closes all your programs and disconnects your computer from the
network. This prepares your computer to be used by someone else.


Starts your computer in MS-DOS mode. MS-DOS mode is typically used
to run programs, such as MS-DOS games, that will not run under
Windows. When you are finished using MS-DOS mode, type exit or win
to return to Windows.


Specifies the type of modem you have selected.


Specifies which port on your computer your modem is connected to.
If your modem uses a different port, change this setting by
clicking the correct one.


Displays the port on your computer that your modem is connected to.


If your modem supports it, adjusts the speaker volume for your
modem.

If your modem supports it, lists the speeds that the modem can use
to connect. Click the maximum speed your modem can use.


If your modem supports it, prevents the modem from trying to
connect at lower speeds if it is unable to connect at the higher
speed you specified. 
This is useful if you prefer to try again later rather than use a
slower connection.


If your modem supports it, provides space for you to specify the
data bits, parity, and stop bits settings for connections you make
using this modem and port.


If your modem supports it, provides a space for you to specify
dialing and connection options for connections you make using this
modem and port.


If your modem supports it, waits for a dial tone before dialing. 
Clear this check box if your modem is not recognizing the dial tone
in your current location, or if you have to manually dial your
phone.


If your modem supports it, cancels the call if the call is not
completed within the specified number of seconds.


Hangs up the phone if there is no activity for more than the
specified number of minutes.


Click this to specify port settings for ports from other
manufacturers. For more information about the available settings,
see your port hardware documentation.


Click this to specify types of error and flow control for the
connection and to directly specify other modem settings. 
These settings force error checking, but they may make your
connection less reliable.

If your modem supports it, enables you to set up or remove error
control. Removing error control may make your connection less
reliable.


 If your modem supports it, forces a reliable connection.


If your modem supports it, compresses data, which increases the
speed of communication.


If your modem supports it, uses cellular protocol, which you need
to use with a cellular phone.


Specifies whether XON/XOFF or RTS/CTS protocol is used to control
the flow of data between the modem and your computer. 
Use XON/XOFF if RTS/CTS isn't supported, or if your cable does not
support hardware flow control.
Note  XON/XOFF may not work with certain programs.


Enables you to switch the modulation type so that it is compatible
with the signals from the modem of the computer you are trying to
connect to. Both computers must be using the same type of
modulation to exchange information successfully.
Most modems fall into the standard category, but if you are having
trouble connecting, try switching to a nonstandard modulation type.


Sets the modulation settings used in 300- and 1200-baud connections
to default values commonly used in Europe.


Sets the modulation settings used in 300- and 1200-baud connections
to default values commonly used in the United States.


Provides a space for you to type additional modem initialization
settings. These are sent to your modem after all the other settings
are sent, so they override previous settings.
For information about other available modem settings, see your
modem manual.

Creates a log file named Modemlog.txt in the folder where Windows
is installed. 
This is useful for monitoring calls and for troubleshooting.


Click this to be able to type commands directly to your modem
before you dial.
For a list of available commands, see your modem manual.


Click this to be able to type commands directly to your modem after
you dial.
For a list of available commands, see your modem manual.


Prompts you to dial your phone yourself rather than having the
computer dial it. 
This is useful in locations such as hotels when you need to talk to
the operator.
When you dial the phone manually, wait until you hear the computer
answer, and then click Connect and hang up the phone.


Specifies how many seconds to wait for a credit card tone before
continuing dialing.


Displays the status window that shows the progress of your
connection.


Provides a space for you to type any modem commands.


Sets up the phone so you can talk.


Hangs up the phone.

Enables you to use different settings for each of your drives.


Uses the settings on this tab for all your drives.


If this box is checked, Windows removes items from your disk as
soon as you delete them. If this box is not checked, the items you
delete are stored in the Recycle Bin. They are not removed from
your hard disk until you empty the Recycle Bin.


Specifies the maximum size of the Recycle Bin. You can conserve
disk space by reducing the Recycle Bin's size.


Shows the capacity of your drive.


Shows the amount of space on your drive that is reserved for
deleted files. To change this setting, drag the slider.


 If this box is checked, Windows displays a confirmation dialog box
when you delete files. This dialog box can prevent you from
deleting files in error. If the Do Not Move Files To The Recycle
Bin check box is checked, you cannot change this setting.


To retrieve deleted files or shortcuts
1    Double-click the Recycle Bin icon.
2    Click the file or shortcut you want to retrieve. 
     To retrieve several items, hold down the CTRL key while
clicking each one.
3    On the File menu, click Restore.
Tip
     If you delete a folder, only the files within that folder
appear in the Recycle Bin. If you restore a file that was
originally located in a deleted folder, Windows recreates the
folder, and then restores the file to it.


To empty the Recycle Bin
1    Double-click the Recycle Bin icon.
2    On the File menu, click Empty Recycle Bin.
Tip
     If you want to remove only some of the items in the Recycle
Bin, hold down the CTRL key while clicking each item. Click the
File menu, and then click Delete.

To change the capacity of the Recycle Bin
1    Using your right mouse button, click the Recycle Bin icon, and
then click Properties.
2    If you want to use different settings for different drives,
click Configure Drives Independently, and then click the tab of the
drive whose settings you want to change. 
     If you want to use the same settings for all drives, click Use
One Setting For All Drives.
3    Drag the slider to increase or decrease the amount of disk
space that is reserved for storing deleted files.


To permanently remove files when you delete them
1    Using your right mouse button, click the Recycle Bin icon, and
then click Properties.
2    If you want to use different settings for different drives,
click Configure Drives Independently, and then click the tab of the
drive whose settings you want to change. 
     If you want to use the same settings for all drives, click Use
One Setting For All Drives.
3    Make sure the Do Not Move Files To The Recycle Bin box is
checked. Note, however, that if this box is checked, you will be
unable to recover any files you delete.


To prevent delete confirmation messages from appearing
1    Using your right mouse button, click the Recycle Bin icon, and
then click Properties.
2    Make sure the Display Delete Confirmation Dialog check box is
clear.
Note
     This setting is unavailable if the Do Not Move Files To The
Recycle Bin box is checked. 


Windows stores deleted files in the Recycle Bin, which is located
on the desktop. You can use the Recycle Bin to retrieve files you
deleted in error, or empty the Recycle Bin to create more disk
space.
If you cannot see the Recycle Bin, use your right mouse button to
click a blank area of the taskbar, and then click Minimize All
Windows.


Using Help
     If you don't know how to do something, you can look it up in
Help. Just click the Start button, and then click Help.
     You can get Help on each item in a dialog box by clicking the
question-mark button in the title bar and then clicking the item.
     To learn what any toolbar button is for, you can rest your
mouse pointer on the button for a few seconds. Windows displays the
button name.


Getting your work done
     To start a program, you just click the Start button, point to
the folder your program is in, and then click the program.
     You can minimize all open windows at once; just use your right
mouse button to click an empty area on the taskbar, and then click
Minimize All Windows.
     To select more than one file or folder, hold down the CTRL key
while you click each item.
     Deleted files and folders are saved in the Recycle Bin until
you empty it.
     To open a document quickly, you can double-click its icon.
     The Shut Down command on the Start menu enables you to safely
shut down your computer.
     You can minimize neck strain by positioning your monitor at
eye level.
     When you type, you should keep your wrists elevated or use a
wristpad to minimize strain.
     Even if you don't shut down your computer at night, you can
turn off your monitor to save power.


Printing
     To print a document quickly, you can drag its icon onto a
printer icon.
     You can solve printer problems by using the Print
Troubleshooter in Help.
     You can put shortcuts to your printers on your desktop.
     When you print a document, a printer icon appears on the
taskbar. Double-click it to see a list of documents waiting to
print.


Personalizing Windows
     You can move the taskbar to any edge of your screen by
dragging it with your mouse.
     To set your computer's clock, you can double-click the clock
on the taskbar.
     To change the Windows color scheme, use your right mouse
button to click the desktop; then click Properties.
     To change your screen saver, use your right mouse button to
click the desktop; then click Properties.
     You can have programs start when you start Windows by dragging
their icons to your StartUp folder.
     To change your desktop background, click it by using your
right mouse button; then click Properties.
     You can switch mouse buttons if you are left-handed. Just
double-click the Mouse icon in Control Panel.
     The mouse pointer is easier to see on laptop computers if you
turn on pointer trails. Just double-click the Mouse icon in Control
Panel, and then click the Motion tab.


Exploring and maintaining your computer
     To see how much disk space is free, use your right mouse
button to click the icon for the drive in My Computer; then click
Properties.
     You can use Defragmenter, in the System Tools folder, to speed
up your computer's performance.
     To free disk space, try emptying the Recycle Bin. 
     You can use ScanDisk, in the System Tools folder, to check
your hard disk for errors.
     You can use Windows Explorer to see all the files on your
computer. 
     When a folder is open, you can press BACKSPACE to open the
folder one level higher.
     When you display files in Details view, you can sort them by
clicking the column headings.
     You can solve memory problems on your computer by using the
Memory Troubleshooter in Help.

Becoming an expert
     You can use your right mouse button to drag files. Try it and
see what happens!
     You can use long filenames when you save documents. You can
even use spaces!
     You can use your right mouse button to click anywhere and see
a menu of available commands.
     To draw a selection box around a group of files, you can click
at a corner of the group, and then drag to form the box.
     The underlined letters in menus are shortcuts. Press ALT plus
the underlined letter to choose the item.
     You can solve hardware problems by using the Hardware Conflict
Troubleshooter in Help.
     You can use the Run command on the Start menu to open shared
folders on other computers.
     To add a program to your Start menu, you can drag the
program's icon onto the Start button.
     You can drag a file's icon into a document, or even drag a
shortcut icon into a document or mail message.
     You can start a Windows-based program from an MS-DOS window.
     You can copy and paste text between MS-DOS and Windows.
     You can set Windows Explorer to show or hide three-letter
MS-DOS filename extensions.


To view the Welcome screen again
     Click  !EF(`welcome.exe',`',1,`')  to open the Welcome screen.

Tip
     Click Next Tip to cycle through the entire list of tips.



A new look and feel
The look and feel of Windows has been improved to make it easier
and faster for you to get your work done.
   Start button and taskbar   My Computer
   Windows Explorer
   Network Neighborhood
   Long filenames
   The desktop
   Properties
   Folders
   Shortcut menus
   Close, Minimize, and Maximize buttons
   What's This?     


Faster ways to get your work done
Windows includes more ways to help you get your work done faster.
   Find command   Run command
   Documents command 
   Open With command
   AutoPlay for CDs
   Quick View 
   Add New Hardware wizard
   Faster printing
   Improved multitasking and performance     


Find command
You can now locate files and folders easily by using the Find
command on the Start menu. The tabs in the Find dialog box make it
easier to fully define your search criteria, which you can then
save instead of having to re-create common searches.
You can also use the Find command to quickly find other computers
on your network.


AutoPlay for CDs
Just insert your audio CD into the CD-ROM drive, and it will start
playing.


Open With command
When you double-click a file and Windows doesn't know which program
to use to open it, the Open With dialog box appears and you can
specify the program you want to use.


Quick View
You can now view documents that were created with popular
Windows-based programs without starting the program. Just click a
document you would like to view in My Computer or Windows Explorer,
and then click Quick View on the File menu.
If Quick View is not available, either your program doesn't support
it, or it is not installed on your computer. Look up "installing,
Windows components" in the Help Index.


Run command
You can use the Run command on the Start menu to start any program
or to open any folder, whether it is on your computer or on another
computer on the network.
The commands you run are saved, so you can easily run a command
again by selecting it from the list in the Run dialog box.

Documents command
You can quickly open a document you've worked on recently by using
the Documents command on the Start menu.


Add New Hardware wizard
The Add New Hardware icon in Control Panel opens a "wizard" that
helps you install new hardware devices on your computer. Windows
uses Plug and Play technology to make this process easier, even for
devices that do not support Plug and Play.


 Faster printing
Windows prints your documents "in the background," so you can get
back to work quickly after you send your document to the printer.
Windows also has a new Add Printer wizard that makes setting up new
printers fast and easy. Click the Start menu, point to Settings,
and then click Printers.


Improved multitasking and performance
You will notice big performance improvements throughout Windows.
Smoother multitasking lets you use many programs at once; if you
are doing something in a program and see an hourglass cursor, just
move your mouse to a different window, and you'll be able to work
in another program!
Also, Windows checks to make sure that it is running at the optimal
performance level for your computer.


More ways to customize Windows
There are many new ways to customize Windows.
   Shortcuts on the desktop   Display properties
   Fonts folder
   User profiles
   Accessibility options for people with disabilities
   System properties     


Display properties
You can customize almost any screen element in Windows by using the
right mouse button to click the desktop, and then clicking
Properties.
In the Display Properties dialog box, you can change the background
color or add a bitmap to your desktop; you can change the font used
for your menus, title bars, and other elements; and you can choose
different screen savers.


Fonts folder
Windows has a Fonts folder that you can use to easily install or
remove fonts. You can open the Fonts folder from Control Panel.


Accessibility options for people with disabilities
Windows provides several accessibility features to make computers
more accessible to people with disabilities. For example:
     For people who have restricted movement, Windows can use the
keyboard for the mouse pointer, and you can adjust your keyboard
settings.
     For people with low vision, bigger fonts and high-contrast
color schemes are available.
     For people who are deaf or hard-of-hearing, Windows can
visually indicate when the computer makes a sound.
Although these features are designed for people with disabilities,
they are useful to everyone. To see these features, double-click
the Accessibility Options icon in Control Panel.
If this component is not on your computer, look up "installing,
accessibility components" in the Help Index.


System properties
It's easy to modify your system configuration settings by using the
new System Properties dialog box. To display system properties,
double-click the System icon in Control Panel.
From this dialog box, you can view or modify your computer's
hardware settings.

New programs and accessories
Windows includes many useful programs and accessories.
   Microsoft Exchange   Microsoft Fax
   The Microsoft Network
   WordPad
   Paint
   Phone Dialer
   File Transfer
   HyperTerminal
   CD Player
   Volume Control
   MS-DOS Prompt
   Disk Defragmenter
   ScanDisk
   DriveSpace
   Backup 


Microsoft Exchange
Microsoft Exchange provides a universal inbox that you can use to
send and receive electronic mail (e-mail). In addition, you can use
the inbox to organize, access, and share all types of information,
including faxes and items from online services.
To start Microsoft Exchange, double-click the Inbox icon on your
desktop.
If the Inbox icon is not on your desktop, look up "installing,
Windows components" in the Help Index.


Microsoft Fax
Windows comes with a fax program you can use to send and receive
faxes directly within Windows.
If this component is not on your computer, look up "installing,
Windows components" in the Help Index.


The Microsoft Network
With Windows 95, you can access a new online service, The Microsoft
Network. You can exchange messages with people around the world;
read the latest news, sports, weather, and financial information;
find answers to your technical questions; download from thousands
of useful programs; connect to the Internet, and more!
To start The Microsoft Network, double-click The Microsoft Network
icon on your desktop.


WordPad
Windows includes a new text editor that you can use to create and
modify documents. WordPad has a toolbar for quick access to common
tasks and a full range of fonts for you to select from.
To find WordPad, click the Start button, point to Programs, and
then point to Accessories.
If WordPad is not on your computer, look up "installing, Windows
components" in the Help Index.


Paint
You can create, modify, or view pictures by using Paint, a program
that replaces Paintbrush from Windows version 3.1. Paint contains
many new features, including a movable toolbox and color box, and
print preview.
To find Paint, click the Start button, point to Programs, and then
point to Accessories.
If Paint is not on your computer, look up "installing, Windows
components" in the Help Index.


Disk Defragmenter
You can use Disk Defragmenter to optimize your disk so that the
files and unused space are arranged efficiently. This makes your
programs run faster and your files open more quickly.
To find Disk Defragmenter, click the Start button, point to
Programs, point to Accessories, and then point to System Tools.
If Disk Defragmenter is not on your computer, look up "installing,
Windows components" in the Help Index.


HyperTerminal
HyperTerminal is a new program you can use to easily connect to a
remote computer, a bulletin board, or an online service. It
replaces Terminal from Windows version 3.1.
To find HyperTerminal, click the Start button, point to Programs,
and then point to Accessories.
If HyperTerminal is not on your computer, look up "installing,
Windows components" in the Help Index.


MS-DOS Prompt
MS-DOS Prompt within Windows has been enhanced. You can start
Windows-based programs from the command prompt, and you can close
the MS-DOS window by clicking the   (Close) button on the title
bar.
You no longer need to use PIF Editor to specify settings for your
MS-DOS-based programs. Instead, you just modify the properties of
the program.
To find MS-DOS Prompt, click the Start button, and then point to
Programs.

Phone Dialer
You can use Phone Dialer to place telephone calls from your
computer by using a modem or another Windows telephony device. You
can store a list of phone numbers you use frequently, and dial the
number quickly from your computer.
To find Phone Dialer, click the Start button, point to Programs,
and then point to Accessories.
If Phone Dialer is not on your computer, look up "installing,
Windows components" in the Help Index.


File Transfer
This program enables you to send a file to someone while you are
talking to them on the phone. File Transfer requires a modem that
supports VoiceView.
To find File Transfer, click the Start button, point to Programs,
and then point to Accessories.
If this component is not on your computer, look up "installing,
Windows components" in the Help Index.


Backup
Windows comes with a program you can use to back up the files on
your hard disk to a floppy disk, tape drive, or another computer on
your network.
To find Backup, click the Start button, point to Programs, point to
Accessories, and then point to System Tools.
If Backup is not on your computer, look up "installing, Windows
components" in the Help Index.


DriveSpace
If you need more room on your hard disk, you can use DriveSpace to
compress the disk and free up more space.
To find DriveSpace, click the Start button, point to Programs,
point to Accessories, and then point to System Tools.
If DriveSpace is not on your computer, look up "installing, Windows
components" in the Help Index.


ScanDisk
You can use ScanDisk to check your hard disk for errors and to fix
problems that are found.
To find ScanDisk, click the Start button, point to Programs, point
to Accessories, and then point to System Tools.
If ScanDisk is not on your computer, look up "installing, Windows
components" in the Help Index.


Volume Control
If you have a sound card in your computer, you can use Volume
Control to increase or decrease the sound coming from your
computer's speakers, microphone, or CD-ROM drive.
To find Volume Control, click the Start button, point to Programs,
point to Accessories, and then point to Multimedia.
If Volume Control is not on your computer, look up "installing,
Windows components" in the Help Index.


CD Player
With CD Player, you can play an audio CD in the CD-ROM drive on
your computer.
To find CD Player, click the Start button, point to Programs, point
to Accessories, and then point to Multimedia.
If CD Player is not on your computer, look up "installing, Windows
components" in the Help Index.


 Support for portable computers
Windows makes it easy to use your portable computer at home or on
the road.
   Power management   Briefcase
   Direct Cable Connection
   Deferred printing
   Docking detection     


Docking detection
Windows can detect whether your portable computer is docked or
undocked. If you have different configuration settings for the
docked and undocked states, Windows uses the correct settings.

Briefcase
Briefcase helps you keep files up-to-date when you use two
computers, such as your office computer and your portable computer.
If Briefcase is not on your desktop, look up "installing, Windows
components" in the Help Index.


Power management
For portable computers, Windows provides a battery indicator on the
taskbar and a Suspend command on the Start menu that you can use to
save power without turning off your computer. In addition, for
certain Energy-Star-compliant computers, Windows provides some
power-saving options for your monitor.
If you are using a portable computer, you can set your
power-management preferences by double-clicking the Power icon in
Control Panel .


Dial-Up Networking
If you have a modem, you can use Dial-Up Networking to dial in to
another computer that is set up as a server and has a modem, and
then gain access to shared resources on that computer and the
network it is connected to.
To use Dial-Up Networking, double-click the My Computer icon, and
then double-click Dial-Up Networking.
If this component is not on your computer, look up "installing,
Windows components" in the Help Index.


Direct Cable Connection
You can easily connect your portable computer to another computer
by using a serial or high-speed parallel cable. Your portable
computer will then have access to shared resources on the main
computer and to any network the computer is connected to.
To set up Direct Cable Connection, click the Start button, point to
Programs, and then point to Accessories.
If this component is not on your computer, look up "installing,
Windows components" in the Help Index.


Deferred printing
If your printer is temporarily disconnected from your computer, you
can still send your documents to the printer. Deferred printing
saves the print information until your printer is reconnected.
Deferred printing happens automatically for portable computers,
such as laptops, that are not connected to their printers. You can
turn on this feature manually for portable computers or network
printers by using the Work Offline command in the Printers folder.
For a local printer, you can use the Pause Printing command.


Improved Networking
Using a network is easier than ever with Windows 95.
   Easier network browsing   Easier sharing
   Easier network setup and configuration
   Dial-Up Networking
   Remote network administration   


Easier network browsing
Double-click the Network Neighborhood icon to browse through and
use the computers and printers on your network. You no longer need
to connect to a network drive by mapping a drive letter.
You can also use Network Neighborhood to browse through computers
on multiple networks.


Easier sharing
To share a folder or a printer, you can use your right mouse button
to click the folder or printer, and then click Sharing on the menu.
When you share folders and printers, you can set up a password as
the key to opening them, or you can create a list of users that you
want to have access to them.
If sharing is not enabled, you can turn it on by double-clicking
the Network icon in Control Panel.


Easier network setup and configuration
Setting up a network is easier in Windows95. Just double-click the
Network icon in Control Panel.

User profiles
If more than one person uses the same computer, you can set up user
profiles so that when one person logs on, their personal Windows
settings are used. For example, you could have your own desktop
colors, icons, and program groups appear when you log on to
Windows, but if someone else logs on, their settings appear
instead.
To set up user profiles, double-click the Passwords icon in Control
Panel.


Remote network administration
If your computer is set up to allow remote administration, your
system administrator can view the files on your computer and fix
problems you may be having.


Start button and taskbar
At the bottom of your screen is the taskbar. It contains the Start
button, which you can use to quickly start a program or to find a
file. It's also the fastest way to get Help.
When you open a program, document, or window, a button appears on
the taskbar. You can use this button to quickly switch between the
windows you have open.


Shortcut menus
You can use your right mouse button to click any item and see a
shortcut menu. This menu contains common commands that you can use
on the item you clicked. For example, by clicking a file with your
right mouse button, you can choose to open, copy, or delete it.


The desktop
When you start Windows, the large area you see is called the
desktop. You can customize the desktop by adding shortcuts to your
favorite programs, documents, and printers, and by changing its
look to fit your mood and personality.
To adjust settings such as desktop color and background, use your
right mouse button to click anywhere on the desktop, and then click
Properties.


Shortcuts on the desktop
You can put a shortcut to any program, document, or printer on your
desktop or in any folder. Shortcuts are quick ways to get to the
items you use often.
For example, you can create a shortcut to your printer by using the
right mouse button to drag its icon to the desktop. Then, to print
a file, just drag its icon onto the printer icon!


Properties
When you want to view or change information about any item, such as
a document, program, folder, disk drive, or printer, you can look
at its properties. Use the right mouse button to click the item,
and then click Properties on the menu.
For MS-DOS-based programs, you no longer need to create and modify
.pif files; you just modify the properties for the program.


Folders
Your documents and programs are stored in folders, which you can
see in My Computer and Windows Explorer. In previous versions of
Windows, folders were called directories.


My Computer
You can use My Computer to quickly and easily see everything on
your computer. Double-click the My Computer icon on the desktop to
browse through your files and folders.

Windows Explorer
In Windows Explorer, you can see both the hierarchy of folders on
your computer and all the files and folders in each selected
folder. This is especially useful for copying and moving files. You
can open the folder that contains the file you want to move or
copy, and then drag it to the folder you want to put it in.
To find Windows Explorer, click the Start button, and then point to
Programs.


Network Neighborhood
If you are using a network, the Network Neighborhood icon appears
on your desktop.
Double-click it to browse through the computers in your workgroup
and the computers on your entire network.


Long filenames
You can now give any name to a file; you are not limited to eight
characters with a three-character extension. You can even use
spaces!


 Close, Minimize, and Maximize buttons
Every window has an     (Close button) in the upper-right corner
that you can click to close the window and quit the program.
The Minimize and Maximize buttons also have a new look.


What's This?
In dialog boxes, you can easily get Help on an option or area by
clicking   in the upper-right corner of the window and then
clicking the item you want Help on. A pop-up window appears
containing an explanation of the item.
Another way to get Help is to use your right mouse button to click
an item, and then click What's This? on the menu that appears.


Accepts any settings that are currently specified in this dialog
box, and then continues.


Stops checking this drive for errors.


Click this to see more information about the error ScanDisk
detected.


Lists the drives that ScanDisk can check. To select multiple
drives, press CTRL, and then click each drive you want to check.

Checks the files and folders on the selected drive(s) for errors.
To change the settings that ScanDisk uses to check files and
folders, click Advanced.


Click this to change the settings that ScanDisk uses to check the
surface of your disk(s) for physical errors.


Checks files and folders for errors, and also checks the physical
integrity of your disk's surface.
To change the settings that ScanDisk uses to check files and
folders, click Advanced. To change the settings that ScanDisk uses
to check the surface of your disk(s), click Options.


If this box is not checked, ScanDisk prompts you to specify how you
want any errors repaired. If this box is checked, ScanDisk repairs
most errors automatically using predetermined settings. To change
the settings ScanDisk uses, click Advanced.


Starts ScanDisk. When ScanDisk runs, it checks the drive(s) you
selected using the settings specified in this dialog box and in the
ScanDisk Advanced Options dialog box. If you have chosen to conduct
a thorough test, ScanDisk also uses the settings specified in the
Surface Scan Options dialog box.


Closes ScanDisk if it is not running. Or stops checking your drives
for errors if ScanDisk is running.


Click this to change the settings that ScanDisk uses when checking
your files and folders for errors.


Displays a summary each time ScanDisk finishes checking a drive.
This summary provides information about the drive and shows whether
ScanDisk detected and repaired any errors.


Prevents ScanDisk from displaying a summary when ScanDisk finishes
checking a drive.

Displays a summary about your drive only if ScanDisk detects errors
on it. This summary provides information about the drive and shows
whether ScanDisk repaired any of the errors it found.


Saves a detailed record of this ScanDisk session in a file named
Scandisk.log, which is located in the top-level folder (root
directory) of drive C. If there is already a log file on drive C,
ScanDisk will replace it.


Saves a detailed record of this ScanDisk session and adds it to the
end of the Scandisk.log file, which is located in the top-level
folder (root directory) of drive C.


Prevents ScanDisk from saving the results of this ScanDisk session
in a log file.


Deletes any cross-linked files that ScanDisk finds. A cross-link
occurs when two or more files use the same cluster (area of a disk)
at the same time. The data in a cross-linked cluster is probably
correct for only one of the cross-linked files, but may not be
correct for any of them.


Makes a separate copy of each cross-linked cluster and copies it to
each affected file. A cross-link occurs when two or more files use
the same cluster (area of a disk) at the same time. The data in a
cross-linked cluster is probably correct for only one of the
cross-linked files, but may not be correct for any of them.


Leaves cross-linked files on your disk. If you try to use or delete
any cross-linked files, the data in them may become further damaged
or your program may fail.


Checks files for invalid filenames. You may be unable to open files
whose names are invalid.


 Checks files for invalid dates and times. Files whose dates are
invalid may not be sorted correctly. If a file's date is incorrect,
some programs, such as backup, setup, or copy programs, may make
incorrect assumptions about how current a file is.

If you have a drive that was compressed by using DoubleSpace or
DriveSpace, ScanDisk checks the uncompressed drive on which the
compressed drive is stored before checking the compressed drive
itself. This uncompressed drive, called a host drive, may be
hidden. Errors on a compressed drive are often caused by errors on
its host drive.
If this box is not checked, ScanDisk does not check the host drive
for errors.


Deletes lost file fragments, so your programs can use the freed
disk space for storage. Lost file fragments may contain useful
data, but are probably just taking up space.


Converts lost file fragments to files so you can view them and
determine whether they contain any information you want to save.
These files will be stored in the top-level folder (root directory)
of your drive and will have names such as File0000.


Checks your entire drive for physical damage, including both its
system and data areas.


Checks only the system area of your drive for physical damage.
Errors in the system area may indicate that your drive needs to be
replaced. ScanDisk usually cannot repair errors in the system area.


Checks only the data area of your drive for physical damage.
ScanDisk can usually repair errors in the data area by relocating
data to a valid area of the drive and marking the bad area so that
programs won't store data there in the future. However, the data
stored in a damaged area of your drive may be unrecoverable.


If this box is not checked, ScanDisk reads the contents of every
sector of your drive and then writes the contents back to verify
that the drive can be read from and written to correctly. If this
box is checked, ScanDisk reads the contents of each sector, but
does not write it back.


ScanDisk repairs bad sectors by moving the data they contain to a
valid location. If this box is checked, ScanDisk will not move data
that is part of a hidden or system file. If this box is not
checked, ScanDisk will move the data. However, if ScanDisk moves
data, programs that require their files to be stored in a specific
location on your disk may not work correctly. Some older programs
use the location of a hidden system file to verify that you are
using an authorized copy.


After checking the integrity of the file system, ScanDisk will
verify that Windows can use every sector on the disk to store data
reliably. If ScanDisk finds a bad sector in the data area of the
drive, it tries to move the contents of that sector to another
location and then marks the sector so Windows does not use it
again. ScanDisk cannot repair bad sectors in the system area of a
disk.

Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. However, it would be best if you conducted a thorough test
now. Although a thorough test cannot repair this error, it can
determine whether additional areas of your disk are damaged, and
ScanDisk may be able to repair those areas.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you do not conduct a thorough test and repair this error
now, you may encounter problems while using some of the files on
this disk.


Attempts to read the sector again. If ScanDisk can read the sector,
it will continue checking your disk. However, even if ScanDisk can
read the sector on its second attempt, the fact that it failed once
may be an indication that the disk is deteriorating. If ScanDisk
cannot read the sector on its second attempt, you will receive this
error again.


Attempts to write to the sector again. If ScanDisk can write to the
sector, it will continue checking your disk. However, even if
ScanDisk can write to the sector on its second attempt, the fact
that it failed once may be an indication that the disk is
deteriorating. If ScanDisk cannot write to the sector on its second
attempt, you will receive this error again.


After checking the integrity of the host drive's file system,
ScanDisk will verify that Windows can use every sector on the host
drive to store data reliably. If ScanDisk finds a bad sector on the
host drive, it tries to move the contents of that sector to another
location and then marks the sector so Windows does not use it
again. ScanDisk then rechecks the integrity of the compressed
drive's file system and ensures that all its data can be read
reliably.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. However, the damaged portion of the drive contains critical
information about the location of some or all of the files on it.
If you continue to use the drive without repairing this error, many
of your files will be inaccessible, your programs may fail, or you
may receive errors when using some files.


Restarts ScanDisk, which will perform a thorough test of this
drive's uncompressed host drive, and then test this compressed
drive again.


ScanDisk cannot repair this error because your disk is full. Quit
ScanDisk, free some disk space, and then restart ScanDisk. For
information about freeing disk space, click Help.


Tests this sector again. If the test succeeds, ScanDisk will
continue. If the test fails, you will receive this error again.

Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other bad
sectors. If you try to use this disk, you may encounter errors and
may find that many of the files on the disk are unusable.


Recovers any recoverable data from this cluster and moves the data
to another location on your disk. ScanDisk then makes this cluster
available for file storage. However, if the host drive is
physically damaged, any new data stored in this location will
probably be corrupted until that damage is repaired. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, the error occurred in a file
that cannot be repaired while Windows is running. In this case,
click Help for information about how to repair the error.


Recovers any recoverable data from this cluster and moves the data
to another location on your disk. ScanDisk then makes this cluster
available for file storage.
Note  If this option is unavailable, the error occurred in a file
that cannot be repaired while Windows is running. In this case,
click Help for information about how to repair the error.


Attempts to read the cluster again. If the test succeeds, ScanDisk
will continue. If the test fails, you will receive this error
again.


 Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you try to access the file or folder that is using this
cluster, you will receive an error.


Marks this cluster as bad so Windows will no longer use it for file
storage. If this cluster is currently in use, ScanDisk attempts to
move the data in it to another location. However, the file using
this cluster is probably already damaged. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, the cluster contains part of
a file that ScanDisk cannot move while Windows is running. In this
case, click Help for information about how to repair the error.


Tests this cluster again. If the test succeeds, ScanDisk will
continue. If the test fails, you will receive this error again.


Attempts to complete this task again. However, if your computer
still does not have enough available memory, you will receive this
error again.


Attempts to continue checking your disk for errors, but ScanDisk
may be unable to correct them. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, ScanDisk is unable to
continue. Restart your computer and run ScanDisk again, or run
ScanDisk in MS-DOS mode. For information about running ScanDisk in
MS-DOS mode, click Help.

Repairs the error by assigning a correct value to the file
allocation table (FAT) media byte.


Does not assign a correct value to the file allocation table (FAT)
media byte.


Replaces the damaged copy of the file allocation table (FAT) with
a valid copy.


Does not replace the damaged copy of the file allocation table
(FAT) with a valid copy. If the primary copy of the FAT becomes
damaged, you could lose data.


Converts lost file fragments to files, so you can view them later.
ScanDisk saves files in the top-level folder (root directory) of
this disk and gives them names such as File0000. You can use any
text editor to open the file(s).


Deletes the data in lost file fragments and frees the disk space
the data is currently using.


Ignores lost file fragments, which will continue to take up space
on your disk. 


Makes a separate copy of each cross-linked cluster and copies it to
each affected file. After ScanDisk copies the cross-linked
cluster(s), all but one of the files will probably still contain
invalid data. However, the files will no longer share that data.
Note that your program may fail if you use the files that contain
invalid data. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, ScanDisk cannot repair this
error while Windows is running. In this case, click Help for
information about how to repair the error.


Deletes each of the affected files. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, ScanDisk cannot safely delete
some of the affected files. In this case, click Help for
information about how to repair the error.

Ends each file at the point where the cross-linked files started
using the same section of your disk. This will make each file valid
but incomplete. ScanDisk will probably recover the end of each file
later as lost file fragments. If any of these files are important
to you, be sure to save lost file fragments later. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, ScanDisk cannot safely
truncate one or more of the affected files. In this case, click
Help for information about how to repair the error.


Preserves the selected file and deletes all other files in the
list. The selected file might not contain valid data. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, ScanDisk cannot safely delete
any of the files that are not selected. In this case, click Help
for information about how to repair the error.


Preserves the selected file and ends the other file(s) at the point
where the file(s) starts using the same section of your disk. This
will make the other file(s) valid but incomplete. The selected file
might not contain valid data. ScanDisk will probably recover the
end of the other file(s) later as lost file fragments. If any of
these files are important to you, be sure to save lost file
fragments later. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, ScanDisk cannot safely
truncate any of the files that are not selected. In this case,
click Help for information about how to repair the error.


Leaves cross-linked files on your disk. If you attempt to use or
delete any of these files before correcting this error, the data in
all these files may become further damaged or your program may
fail.


Repairs the error as indicated in the text of this error message.


Repairs the error by deleting the file and by removing the
reference to it in the folder that contained it. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, ScanDisk cannot repair the
error now because the file is in use or cannot be deleted safely.


Repairs the error by deleting the folder and removing the incorrect
information about it from the folder it is in. Any files or folders
in this folder will be reported later as lost file fragments. If
this folder or its contents are important to you, be sure to save
lost file fragments later.
Note  If this option is unavailable, the folder or some of the
files in it cannot be deleted safely.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors.


Ends the allocation chain at the point where it references an
earlier portion of the file or folder. This will make the
allocation chain valid, but the data in the file or folder may have
already been damaged. Your disk may contain additional data that
has been disassociated from the rest of the file or folder. If so,
ScanDisk can recover that portion of the file or folder later as a
lost file fragment. If this file or folder is important to you, be
sure to save lost file fragments later. 

 Deletes the entire file or folder.
Note  If this option is unavailable, the file or folder cannot be
deleted safely. In this case, click Help for information about how
to repair the error.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you attempt to use the file before correcting this
error, the file's data may become damaged or your program may fail.


Ends the allocation chain at the point where it references an
invalid location. Although the allocation chain indicates that part
of this file or folder is in an invalid location, that part may
still exist on your disk. If so, ScanDisk can recover that portion
later as a lost file fragment. If this file or folder is important
to you, be sure to save lost file fragments later. 


Deletes the entire file or folder. If this is a folder, any files
or folders in it will be reported later as lost file fragments.
Note  If this option is unavailable, the file or folder cannot be
deleted safely. In this case, click Help for information about how
to repair the error.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you attempt to use the file or folder before correcting
this error, its data may become damaged or your program may fail.


Makes the volume label valid. Any data associated with the label
will be reported later as lost file fragments. 


Deletes the volume label. Any data associated with the label will
be reported later as lost file fragments. 


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors.


Removes the volume label identifier from the file. If there is no
data in the file, ScanDisk deletes it.

Deletes the misidentified file or folder. Any data associated with
it will be reported later as one or more lost file fragments.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you do not correct this error, you will be unable to use
this file.


Repairs the error by moving the file to the top-level folder (root
directory) of your disk. 


Moves the folder and all its contents to the top-level folder (root
directory) of your disk.


Deletes the file. Any data in it will be reported later as a lost
file fragment.


Deletes the folder. Any files or folders in it will be reported
later as lost file fragments.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. However, until you repair the error, you will be unable to
use this file. 


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. However, until you repair the error, you will be unable to
use this file in MS-DOS mode. 


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. However, until you repair the error, you will be unable to
use this folder or any of the files in it.

Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. However, until you repair the error, you will be unable to
use this folder or any of the files in it in MS-DOS mode.


Moves the folder and all its contents to the top-level folder (root
directory) of your disk.


Deletes the folder and all its contents.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. However, until you repair the error, you will be unable to
use this folder or any of the files in it in MS-DOS mode. If this
is the only available option, click Help. 


Repairs the error as indicated in the text of this error message.


 Repairs the error by deleting the folder and all its contents. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, the folder or some of the
files in it cannot be deleted safely.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. 


Repairs the error by giving the compressed volume file the correct
name.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you don't repair this error, some disk utilities may be
unable to work with your drive or may damage it.

Rewrites the signature(s).


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you don't repair this error, some disk utilities may be
unable to work with your drive or may damage it.


Rewrites the boot sector.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you don't repair this error, some disk utilities might
make invalid assumptions about this drive and damage it.


Increases the size of the volume file to 512K. Although this will
make the file valid, virtually all the data that was on the drive
will be lost.


Ignores this error. ScanDisk will not search for any more errors on
this drive.


Reconstructs the compressed volume file's MDBPB. 
Note  If this option is unavailable, click Help for information
about how to repair this error.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you choose this option, ScanDisk may be unable to detect
some errors or may report errors incorrectly. In addition, all the
data on this drive could be damaged or lost if you continue to use
the drive.


Ensures that this MDFAT entry no longer causes errors when you
attempt to open or use this file. However, the area of the file or
folder whose MDFAT entry was invalid will now be blank.

Frees the invalid MDFAT entry and recovers the space it was using.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you attempt to use this file or folder before repairing
the error, your program may fail or you may receive an error
message.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. However, if you do not repair this error, you will be
unable to use the space the invalid MDFAT entry is occupying.


Frees the lost MDFAT reference(s) and recovers the disk space they
were using.


Creates a corresponding reference in the file allocation table
(FAT) for each of the lost MDFAT reference(s). Although the
reference(s) will no longer be lost, the data they refer to will
not be associated with a file. To save the data in these MDFAT
references, make sure you choose to convert lost file fragments to
files when ScanDisk recovers lost file fragments. 


Leaves the lost MDFAT reference(s) on your disk. Until you correct
this error, you will be unable to store files in the space these
lost references occupy.


Makes a separate copy of the cross-linked data for each affected
portion of the file(s), file fragment(s), or folder(s). After
ScanDisk repairs a cross-link, all or most of the affected portions
will still contain incorrect data. When accessing the file(s) or
folder(s), you may receive error messages or your program may fail.



Deletes each of the affected files, file fragments, or folders. Any
files or folders within affected folders will be reported later as
lost file fragments. If these files or folders are important to
you, be sure to save lost file fragments later.
Note  If this option is unavailable, ScanDisk cannot safely delete
some of the affected files or folders.


Ignores this error and continues checking your disk for other
errors. If you attempt to use any of these files or folders before
repairing this error, the data in the affected files or folders may
become further damaged or a program you are using may fail. You may
also receive error messages when you start your computer.

Ensures that the cluster will remain unavailable for storing data,
which is the safest option. Some encryption programs, or programs
that are copy protected, mark one or more clusters as bad to
prevent other programs from accessing them. If you are using one of
these programs, you should leave the bad cluster mark intact.


 Makes the cluster available for storing data. Although ScanDisk
did not detect anything wrong with this cluster, you may encounter
errors if you use it.


Retests the bad cluster. If the test fails, ScanDisk will leave the
cluster marked as bad and will continue searching your disk for
other errors. If the test succeeds, this dialog box will appear
again. If the test succeeds several times, it is probably safe to
store data in this cluster. 


To check files and folders for errors
1    Click here   !EF(`scandskw.exe',`',1,`')  to start ScanDisk.
2    Click the drive that contains the files and folders you want
to check.
3    Click Standard.
     If you want to change the settings ScanDisk uses when checking
files and folders, click Advanced.
4 Click Start.
Tips
     If you want to specify how ScanDisk repairs any errors it
finds, make sure the Automatically Fix Errors box is not checked.
     For Help on an item in the main ScanDisk screen, use your
right mouse button to click the item, and then click the What's
This? command.
     For Help on an item in the ScanDisk Advanced Options dialog
box, click   at the top of the dialog box, and then click the item.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_DISK_PHYSICAL")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_DISK_PHYSICAL")


To check your disk's surface, files, and folders for errors
1    Click here   !EF(`scandskw.exe',`',1,`')  to start ScanDisk.
2    Click the drive you want to check.
3    Click Thorough.
     If you want to change the settings ScanDisk uses when checking
the disk's surface, click Options.
     If you want to change the settings ScanDisk uses when checking
files and folders, click Advanced.
4    Click Start.
Tips
     If you want to specify how ScanDisk repairs any errors it
finds, make sure the Automatically Fix Errors box is not checked.
     For Help on an item in the main ScanDisk screen, use your
right mouse button to click the item, and then click the What's
This? command.
     For Help on an item in the Surface Scan Options or ScanDisk
Advanced Options dialog boxes, click   at the top of the dialog
box, and then click the item.

{ewc ,AL("WIN_DISK_LOGICAL")} Related
Topics%!AL("WIN_DISK_LOGICAL")


To check for disk errors when your computer starts
1    Click here     for information about adding a ScanDisk icon to
your StartUp folder.
2    After you have added a ScanDisk icon to your StartUp folder,
use your right mouse button to click the icon.
3    Click Properties, and then click the Shortcut tab.
4    After the text in the Target box, specify one or more of the
following:
drive:    to specify the drive(s) you want to check    
/a   to check all your local, nonremovable hard disks  
/n   to start and close ScanDisk automatically    
/p   to prevent ScanDisk from correcting any errors it finds     
Examples
     To check drive D and start and close ScanDisk automatically,
the text in the Target box should look similar to the following:
     c:\windows\scandskw.exed:/n
     To check all nonremovable hard disks but prevent ScanDisk from
correcting any errors it finds, the text in the Target box should
look similar to the following:
     c:\windows\scandskw.exe/a/p


To add ScanDisk to your StartUp folder
1    Use your right mouse button to click the Start button, and
then click Open.
2    Double-click the Programs folder, and then double-click the
StartUp folder.
3    Click the File menu, and then point to New.
4    Click Shortcut, and then type the following:
     scandskw.exe
5    Click Next, and then type the following:
     ScanDisk
6    Click Finish, and then click the Back button in this Help
topic to return to the previous procedure.


To repair errors that ScanDisk cannot repair while Windows is
running
1    In ScanDisk, click OK to continue checking your disk for
errors.
2    While ScanDisk finishes checking your disk for errors, print
or write down these instructions.
3    Insert your Windows startup disk in your startup floppy disk
drive.
     Click here   !EF(`APPWIZ.CPL',`Add/Remove Programs,3')  if you
do not have a startup disk, and then click Create Disk.
4    Click the Start button, and then click Shut Down.
5    Click Restart The Computer, and then click Yes.
6    At the command prompt, type the following:
     scandisk x:
     For x, substitute the letter of the drive you were just
checking.
7    If ScanDisk prompts you to specify whether you want to check
the host drive for errors, press Y.
8    When ScanDisk is finished, remove the startup disk, and then
restart your computer.


To repair errors that ScanDisk cannot repair while Windows is
running
1    In ScanDisk, click Cancel.
2    Print or write down these instructions.
3    Insert your Windows startup disk in your startup floppy disk
drive. 
     Click here   !EF(`APPWIZ.CPL',`Add/Remove Programs,3')  if you
do not have a startup disk, and then click Create Disk.
4    Click the Start button, and then click Shut Down.
5    Click Restart The Computer, and then click Yes.
6    At the command prompt, type the following:
     scandisk x:
     For x, substitute the letter of the drive you were just
checking.
7    If ScanDisk prompts you to specify whether you want to check
the host drive for errors, press Y.
8    When ScanDisk is finished, remove the startup disk, and then
restart your computer.

To repair errors that ScanDisk cannot repair while Windows is
running
1    In ScanDisk, click Cancel.
2    Print or write down these instructions.
3    Insert your Windows startup disk in your startup floppy disk
drive. 
     Click here   !EF(`APPWIZ.CPL',`Add/Remove Programs,3')  if you
do not have a startup disk, and then click Create Disk.
4    Click the Start button, and then click Shut Down.
5    Click Restart The Computer, and then click Yes.
6    At the command prompt, type the following:
     scandisk x: /surface
     For x, substitute the letter of the drive you were just
checking.
7    If ScanDisk prompts you to specify whether you want to check
the host drive for errors, press Y.
8    When ScanDisk is finished, remove the startup disk, and then
restart your computer.


To repair errors that ScanDisk cannot repair while Windows is
running 
1    In ScanDisk, click Cancel.
2    Print or write down these instructions.
3    Insert your Windows startup disk in your startup floppy disk
drive. 
     Click here   !EF(`APPWIZ.CPL',`Add/Remove Programs,3')  if you
do not have a startup disk, and then click Create Disk.
4    Click the Start button, and then click Shut Down.
5    Click Restart The Computer, and then click Yes.
6    At the command prompt, type the following:
     scandisk x: /surface
     For x, substitute the letter of the drive you were just
checking.
7    When ScanDisk is finished, remove the startup disk, and then
restart your computer.


To change the compression ratio of a drive whose size is invalid
1    In the message, click Cancel.
2    In ScanDisk, click Close.
3    Click here   !EF(`drvspace.exe',`/ratio /interactive',1)  to
start DriveSpace.
4    Select the drive that you were checking for errors or were
working with in DriveSpace.
5    On the Advanced menu, click Change Ratio.
6    Click OK. When you do, DriveSpace automatically makes your
compressed drive a valid size.
     If Windows prompts you to restart your computer, click Yes.
7    Run ScanDisk again on the drive that you were checking for
errors or were working with in DriveSpace.


To defragment a disk drive
1    In ScanDisk, click Continue to finish checking your drive for
errors.
2    When ScanDisk has finished, click here  
!EF(`defrag.exe',`',1,`')  to start Disk Defragmenter.
3    Select the drive that you want to defragment, and then click
OK.
4    Click Start.


To correct an invalid compression ratio
1    In ScanDisk, click Continue to finish checking your drive for
errors.
2    When ScanDisk has finished, click here  
!EF(`drvspace.exe',`/ratio /interactive',1)  to start DriveSpace.
3    Select the drive whose ratio you want to change, and then
click OK.
4    Drag the slider to the left, so the estimated compression
ratio is closer to the actual compression ratio. Then click OK.


To repair a compressed volume file that is too small
1    Restart ScanDisk.
2    Click the drive you were just checking, and then click
Advanced.
3    Make sure the Check Host Drive First box is checked, and then
click OK.
4    Click Start.


To perform a thorough test of a compressed drive and its host drive
1    Quit ScanDisk by clicking Cancel.
2    In the Type Of Test area, click Thorough.
3    Click Advanced.
4    Make sure the Check Host Drive First box is checked, and then
click OK.
5    Click Start.


To enable multiple users to personalize settings
1    Click here   !EF(`password.cpl',`Passwords,2') to display
Passwords properties.
2    Click User Profiles.
3    Make sure the second option, that users can customize their
desktop settings, is checked. 
     The next person who logs on to Windows can change settings
without affecting the settings you prefer. The next time you log
on, your settings will be restored.

{ewc ,AL("A_WIN_TRAY_LOGOFF")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_WIN_TRAY_LOGOFF")


To change your Windows password
1    Click here   !EF(`password.cpl',`Passwords,1')  to display
Passwords properties.
2    Click Change Windows Password.
     If you have other network passwords, these will be listed so
that you can change them to match your new Windows password if you
want to.
3    Type your old password.
4    Type your new password, and then type it again in the Confirm
New Password box.
Tip
     If you are using Windows with a network, you need to be logged
onto the network in order to change your Windows password.

Click the password you want to change.


Click this to change a password other than the Windows password 
for example, a password used to connect to a network computer.


Click this to change the Windows password. Your Windows password is
used when you log on to Windows. Also, you can set other passwords
 such as your password to log on to a network  to be the same as
your Windows password. That way, you have only one password to
remember.


Specifies that everyone who uses this computer use the same
settings.


Enables each person who uses this computer to personalize the
desktop settings.


Specifies whether an administrator can create shared folders and
printers on this computer and see who connects to them.


 Lists the people who are administrators.


Click this to add a name to the list of administrators.


Click this to remove a name from the list of administrators.

Provides a space for you to type a password that the administrator
must use to create, change, or monitor shared resources on your
computer.


Provides a space for you to retype the password that the
administrator must use to create, change, or monitor shared
resources on your computer.


Specifies the settings saved in user profiles on this computer.


Provides a space for you to type your old password. Asterisks will
appear instead of what you type.


Click this to display a list of the passwords that will be changed
along with your Windows password.


Lists the passwords you can change.


To enable 32-bit PC card support
1    Click here   !IE(FE(`mspcic.dll'),`EF(`main.cpl',`PC Card
(PCMCIA)',0)',`PI(`',`NO_PCMCIA_WIZARD')')  to start the PC Card
(PCMCIA) wizard.
2    If you see the wizard, follow the instructions on your screen.
     If you see properties for your PCMCIA socket, Windows 32-bit
support for PC cards is already turned on.


To turn off 32-bit PC card support
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to PCMCIA Socket, and then
double-click your PCMCIA controller.
3    In the Device Usage box, click to remove the check from the
box next to the current configuration.
4    Use a text editor to edit the following files and remove the
words "REM - by PC Card (PCMCIA) wizard - " from the lines that
load your PC card drivers:
     Config.sys
     Autoexec.bat
     System.ini
5    Save your changes, and then restart your computer.
Note
     You may see other lines in these files that have the REM
command in front of them. However, you should modify only those
lines that mention the PC Card wizard.


To install PC card support for a Flash memory card
1    Check to make sure your computer supports the Microsoft Flash
File System. If it doesn't, your Flash memory card will not work
with this version of Windows.
     If you are unsure whether your computer supports the Microsoft
Flash File System, see your computer documentation.
2    Click here   !IE(FE(`mspcic.dll'),`EF(`main.cpl',`PC Card
(PCMCIA)',0)',`PI(`',`NO_PCMCIA_WIZARD')')  to start the PC Card
(PCMCIA) wizard. When you are prompted to restart your computer
after finishing the wizard, click No.
     If you see properties for your PCMCIA socket instead of the PC
Card wizard, click Cancel, and then continue to the next step.
3    Use a text editor to edit your Config.sys file, and insert the
following lines in this order just before the line that contains
"flash" in the driver name:
device=c:\windows\system\csmapper.sys
device=c:\windows\system\carddrv.exe /slot=n
     For the value of n, type the number of PC card slots on your
computer. Also, make sure the Csmapper.sys and Carddrv.exe files
are in your Windows\System folder.
4    Find the line that contains "flash" or some variation of it in
the driver name (such as Ssmsflsh.sys), and remove the text "REM -
by PC Card (PCMCIA) wizard - " from the beginning of that line.
This line should follow the two commands you added in step 3.
5    Save your changes, and then restart your computer.

To install PC card support for an SRAM memory card
1    Click here   !IE(FE(`mspcic.dll'),`EF(`main.cpl',`PC Card
(PCMCIA)',0)',`PI(`',`NO_PCMCIA_WIZARD')')  to start the PC Card
(PCMCIA) wizard. When you are prompted to restart your computer
after finishing the wizard, click No.
     If you see properties for your PCMCIA socket instead of the PC
Card wizard, click Cancel, and then continue to the next step.
2    Use a text editor to edit your Config.sys file, and add the
following lines in this order to the end of the file:
device=c:\windows\system\csmapper.sys
device=c:\windows\system\carddrv.exe /slot=n
     For the value of n, type the number of PC card slots on your
computer. Also, make sure the Csmapper.sys and Carddrv.exe files
are in your Windows\System folder.
3    Save your changes, and then restart your computer.


To turn PC card sound effects on or off
1    Click here   !IE(FE(`mspcic.dll'),`EF(`main.cpl',`PC Card
(PCMCIA)',0)',`PI(`',`PCMCIA_NOCPL')')  to display PCMCIA
properties. 
2    On the Global Settings tab, click the check box to turn sound
effects on or off.
Tip
     If the PC Card (PCMCIA) wizard appears when you click the
button in step 1, complete the wizard. After restarting your
computer, double-click the PC Card (PCMCIA) icon in the Control
Panel, and then click the Global Settings tab.


Windows cannot run the PC Card (PCMCIA) wizard, because you do not
have a PCMCIA socket installed. To install a PCMCIA socket,
double-click the Add New Hardware icon in Control Panel.


Windows cannot view options for your PC card devices because you do
not have a PCMCIA socket installed. To install a PCMCIA socket,
double-click the Add New Hardware icon in Control Panel.


To remove your PC card from your computer
1    Click the PC card indicator on the taskbar.
2    Click the command to stop the card you want to remove.
3    When Windows prompts you, remove the card from your computer.

{ewc ,AL("A_PCMCIA_TASKBAR")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_PCMCIA_TASKBAR")


To display the PC card indicator on the taskbar
1    Click here   !IE(FE(`mspcic.dll'),`EF(`main.cpl',`PC Card
(PCMCIA)',0)',`PI(`',`PCMCIA_NOCPL')')  to display PC card
properties. 
2    Make sure the box to show the control on the taskbar is
checked.
Tip
     If the PC Card (PCMCIA) wizard appears when you click the
button in step 1, complete the wizard. After restarting your
computer, double-click the PC Card (PCMCIA) icon in the Control
Panel, and then check the box to see the status indicator on the
taskbar.


To specify the number of PC card slots
1 In My Computer, double-click the icon for your hard disk, and
then double-click the Config.sys file.
2 In the Open With dialog box, double-click Notepad.
3    At the end of the line that loads the Carddrv.exe file, type
a space followed by /slot=n, where n is the number of PC card slots
in your computer.
     For example, if you have four slots, the line would look like
the following:
device=c:\windows\system\carddrv.exe /slot=4
4    Click the     (Close button) at the far right of the title
bar.
     Click Yes to save changes.
5    Restart your computer.
Tips
     You can specify from one to 16 slots. If you do not specify
the /SLOT parameter, Windows will use the default value of two
slots.
     If you specify fewer slots in the /SLOT parameter than the
number of slots on your computer, the extra slots will not have a
drive letter assigned and you will not be able to use them with PC
memory cards.


PC Card (PCMCIA) Troubleshooter
This troubleshooter helps you identify and solve problems with your
PC cards. (A PC card is also called a PCMCIA card.) Just click to
answer the questions, and then try the suggested steps to fix the
problem.
What's wrong?
     My PC cards aren't installed automatically when I insert them.
     My PC card was installed, but it doesn't work properly.
     Some of my PC card slots cannot read memory cards.


Have you run the PC Card wizard?
     Yes, I've run the PC Card wizard.
     No, I haven't run the PC Card wizard.
     I'm not sure.

To enable 32-bit PC card support
     Click here   !IE(FE(`mspcic.dll'),`EF(`main.cpl',`PC Card
(PCMCIA)',0)',`PI(`',`NO_PCMCIA_WIZARD')')  to start the PC Card
wizard.
Do you see the PC Card wizard?
     Yes.
     No, I saw properties for my PCMCIA socket.
     The wizard won't run because my PCMCIA socket isn't installed.


Run the PC Card wizard
Follow the instructions on the screen. If you still have problems
after running it and restarting your computer, return to this
troubleshooter and continue trying to resolve the problem.


 Windows 32-bit PC card support is already enabled
     Click Cancel to close the PCMCIA socket properties dialog box.
     Click here to continue.


Did you hear a tone when you inserted your PC card?
     Yes, I heard a low tone.
     Yes, I heard an ascending tone.
     No, I didn't hear a tone.
     I am unable to hear tones.


Check if you have memory reserved for PCMCIA Card Services
1    Click here   !EF(`sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Double-click Computer.
3    Click Memory.
4    Look to see whether PCMCIA Card Services is listed.
Do you see PCMCIA Card Services listed?
     Yes.
     No.


Close Device Manager
1    Click Cancel to close the Computer properties dialog box.
2    Click Cancel to close Device Manager.
     Click here to continue.


Does your PC card work if your card is inserted when you start your
computer?
     Yes.
     No, it doesn't work then either.
     I haven't tried that.


Try to configure the PC card manually
1    Click here   !EF(`sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Double-click your PCMCIA controller.
     If your PCMCIA controller isn't visible, click the plus sign
next to the icon for your PCMCIA socket.
3    Click the Resources tab.
4    Make a note of what Input/Output range appears in the Resource
Settings box.
5    In the Settings Based On box, search through the
configurations to find one that has the same Input/Output range but
no Interrupt Request.
Were you able to find a configuration without an interrupt request?
     Yes, I chose a new configuration.
     No, I couldn't find a configuration, or I saw a Set
Configuration Manually button.


Restart your computer
1    Click OK, and then click OK again.
2    Click the Start button, and then click Shut Down.

Restart your computer with the card in it
1    Insert the PC card you are having trouble with.
2    Click the Start button, and then click Shut Down.
3    Click Restart The Computer to restart the computer with your
PC card in the socket.
If you try this and still have trouble with your PC card, return to
this troubleshooter and continue trying to resolve the problem.


Check if you have memory reserved for PCMCIA Card Services
1    Click here   !EF(`sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Double-click Computer.
3    Click Memory.
4    Look to see whether PCMCIA Card Services is listed.
Do you see PCMCIA Card Services listed?
     Yes.
     No.


Close Device Manager
1    Click Cancel to close the Computer properties dialog box.
2    Click Cancel to close Device Manager.
     Click here to continue.


Do you see any lines marked "Unavailable for use by devices"?
     Yes.
     No.


Check if memory ranges are excluded when loading EMM386
It is possible that memory needed by your previous PC Card (PCMCIA)
support was made unavailable when Windows loaded EMM386. If so, you
can remove the command that specifies that this memory should be
excluded.
1    Use a text editor such as Notepad to edit your Config.sys
file.
2    Find the line that loads EMM386. For example, it could look
like this:
device=c:\windows\emm386.exe noems x=D000-DFFF
Do you have a line loading EMM386 that has x= at the end of it?
     Yes.
     No.


Remove excluded memory ranges
1    If you have the memory range D000-DFFF in the x= portion of
the command loading EMM386, remove the memory range.
     For example, suppose you have this command:
device=c:\windows\emm386.exe noems x=C000-C7FF D000-DFFF 
     The new command would appear as follows:
device=c:\windows\emm386.exe noems x=C000-C7FF
     Otherwise, experiment by removing a range that is excluded.
You may want to save a backup of the original file, just in case
the range you remove was reserved for a different purpose.
2    Save the file, and then restart your computer.
If your device still doesn't work after you restart your computer,
try replacing the memory range you removed, and then try a
different memory range.


Memory range not available to support PC cards
Windows 32-bit PC Card (PCMCIA) support requires a memory window to
work properly. These resources are not available on your computer,
probably because they are in use by other devices.
You have encountered a problem that this troubleshooter cannot help
you solve.
     Click here to close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')


What kind of PC card are you having trouble with?
     Modem
     Memory card
     Other


Have you installed PC card support for memory cards?
     Yes, I followed the specific memory card instructions.
     No, I just installed general PC card support.
If you respond No and still have trouble after following the
instructions for memory cards, return to this troubleshooter and
continue trying to resolve the problem.

What kind of memory card do you have?
     SRAM memory card
     Flash memory card


Make sure Windows supports your PC card
1    Click here   !EF(`sysdm.cpl',`Add New Hardware,0')  to start
the Add New Hardware wizard.
     IMPORTANT: You will not be completing this wizard. You just
want to see if the device is supported.
2    On the second screen of the wizard, click No to indicate you
do not want Windows to search for your new hardware, and then click
Next.
3    In the list of hardware types, click the type of device that
is not being detected, and then click Next to continue.
4    Scroll through the manufacturers and models and see if your
device is listed.
     If your device isn't listed, it is not supported by this
version of Windows.
5    Click Cancel to close the wizard.
Was your device listed?
     Yes.
     No.


Next steps
You have encountered a problem that this troubleshooter can't help
you solve.
What do you want to do?
     I still want to use 32-bit support for my other PC card
drivers.
     My device worked fine before running the PC Card wizard (which
loads 32-bit drivers). I want to remove the 32-bit support so this
device will work again.


See your hardware documentation
Your hardware documentation may have information about obtaining
updated Windows drivers for your device, or may have a solution to
your problem. 
     Click here to close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')


See if the device has a conflict or other problem
1    Click here   !EF(`Sysdm.cpl',`System,1')  to display Device
Manager.
2    Click the plus sign next to the type of device.
Does the device icon have a red X, or a red circle with an
exclamation point?
     Yes, the icon has a red X through it.
     Yes, the icon has a red circle with an exclamation point.
     No, the device icon does not have either of these signs.
     I don't see the device listed.


Enable the device
If your device has a red X through it, it's probably disabled.
1    Double-click the device.
2    In the Device Usage box, make sure the check box next to the
current configuration is checked.
3    Click OK.
Does the device work now?
     Yes, it works. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No, it still doesn't work.


Determine the type of problem
If your device icon contains a red circle with an exclamation
point, the device has some kind of problem.
1    Double-click the device.
2    In the Device Status area, determine what kind of problem your
device has.
Is the problem a hardware conflict?
     Yes, this device has a conflict.
     No, there is no conflict.


 Try fixing the problem
Follow the instructions in the Device Status area to try to resolve
the problem. If that doesn't work, or if there are no instructions,
see your hardware documentation.
     Click here to close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')


Try changing the memory allocation for your PC card socket
1    In the hardware list, click PCMCIA Socket, and then click
Properties.
2    Click the Global Settings tab.
3    In the Card Services Shared Memory area, make sure Automatic
Selection is not checked.
4    Try changing the memory settings in the Start and End boxes.
     If you are unsure which settings to change, see your hardware
documentation.
5    Restart your computer.
If your device still doesn't work after you restart your computer,
see your hardware documentation or disable 32-bit PC card support.

{ewc ,AL("A_DISABLE_32BIT")} Related Topics%!AL("A_DISABLE_32BIT")

Using Briefcase to keep documents up-to-date
If you want to work on files at home or on the road, you can use
Briefcase to help keep the various copies of the files updated.
To use Briefcase, you drag files from shared folders on your main
computer to the Briefcase icon on your portable computer. When you
are finished working on the files on the portable computer,
reconnect to your main computer, and then click Update All in
Briefcase to automatically replace the unmodified files on your
main computer with the modified files in your Briefcase. 
The files on your main computer are automatically revised; you do
not need to move the files you worked on out of Briefcase or delete
the existing copies.
Notes
     When you are copying files from your main computer into
Briefcase, the two computers must be connected, either over a
network or by a cable. 
     Briefcase is installed only if you chose the Portable option
during Windows setup, or if you chose the Custom option and
specified installing Briefcase. If you do not see a Briefcase icon
on your desktop, click Related Topics to find out how to install
it.

{ewc
,AL("A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE;A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_BFC_FLOPPY;A_BFC_CON
NECTED;A_SETUP_DCC")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE;A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_BFC_FLOPPY;A_
BFC_CONNECTED;A_SETUP_DCC")


To add Accessibility Options 
1    Click here   !EF(`appwiz.cpl',`Add/Remove Programs,2')  to
open the Add/Remove Programs dialog box. 
2    On the Windows Setup tab, click the check box for
Accessibility Options to mark it for installation.
3    Click OK, and then follow the instructions on your screen. 
     When installation is complete, you will be prompted to restart
the computer so that the changes can take effect.
Notes
     The Details button is used to display the list of components
included in a group of components, such as Accessories, and is
available with certain individual components as well. A description
of each highlighted group and individual component appears in the
Description box.  
     For more information about individual Accessibility options,
look up "accessibility" in the Help Index.


Using Dial-Up Networking to connect to a computer or network
With Dial-Up Networking, you can gain access to shared information
on another computer, even if your computer is not on a network. The
computer you are dialing in to must be set up as a network server
for you to use its shared resources. 
For example, if you have a computer at home, you can dial in and
connect to your work computer and network through a network server.
Both your home computer and the network server must have modems
installed.
     To start the Dial-Up Networking setup wizard, double-click My
Computer, and then double-click Dial-Up Networking.
Notes
     To connect to an online service such as a bulletin board, use
HyperTerminal rather than Dial-Up Networking.
     If the Dial-Up Networking icon is not in My Computer, it is
not installed. To find out how to install it, click Related Topics.


{ewc ,AL(`A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE;A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A-SHAREFOLDER')}
Related
Topics%!AL(`A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE;A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A-SHAREFOLDER')


A server is a computer on a local area network that is running
software for controlling access to all or part of the network and
its resources. 
A computer with server capabilities can make resources available to
other computers on the network.


Using a parallel or serial cable to connect to another computer
With Direct Cable Connection, you can gain access to shared folders
on another computer, even when your computer is not on a network.
If the other computer is connected to a network, you can also gain
access to that network. 
For example, if you have a portable computer, you can use a cable
to connect it to your work computer and network.
     To set up a direct cable connection with another computer,
click the Start button, point to Programs, point to Accessories,
and then click Direct Cable Connection.
Note
     If you do not see Direct Cable Connection on the Accessories
menu, it is not installed. To find out how to install it, click
Related Topics.

{ewc ,AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_DIAL_LINK")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT;A_DIAL_LINK")


Playing Windows games
Just because you use Windows to get your work done doesn't mean you
can't have fun too.
To start a game:
1    Click the Start button.
2    Point to Programs, point to Accessories, and then point to
Games.
3    Click a game.
For information about how to play the game, click the Help menu in
the game.
Note
     If you do not see any games on your Accessories menu, then you
did not install any games when you installed Windows. To find out
how to install Windows games, click Related Topics.

{ewc ,AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")


Using Paint to create pictures
You can use Paint to create, edit, and view pictures.
You can paste a Paint picture into another document you've created,
or use it as your desktop background. You can even use Paint to
view and edit scanned photos.
     To start Paint, click here  
!SH(`AfxFrameOrView',`mspaint.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6') .
For information about how to use Paint, click the Help menu in
Paint.


Using WordPad to write and format documents
WordPad is a text editor for short documents. You can format
documents in WordPad with various font and paragraph styles.
     To start WordPad, click here  
!SH(`WordPadClass',`wordpad.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6') .
For information about how to use WordPad, click the Help menu in
WordPad.

{ewc ,AL("A_NOTEPAD")} Related Topics%!AL("A_NOTEPAD")


Using Notepad to write and edit text files
You can use Notepad to create or edit text files that do not
require formatting and are smaller than 64K. Notepad opens and
saves text in ASCII (text-only) format only. To create or edit
files that require formatting or are larger than 64K, use WordPad.
     To start Notepad, click here  
!SH(`Notepad',`notepad.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6') .
For information about how to use Notepad, click the Help menu in
Notepad.

{ewc ,AL("A_WORDPAD")} Related Topics%!AL("A_WORDPAD")

Using Microsoft Exchange to exchange messages
With Microsoft Exchange, you can send and receive electronic mail
or fax messages. You send messages from and store all messages in
Microsoft Exchange, so there's one convenient place to look for all
your messages.
     To open Microsoft Exchange to send or receive a message,
double-click the Inbox icon on your desktop.
Notes
     If the Inbox icon is not on your desktop, then Microsoft
Exchange is not installed. To find out how to install it, click
Related topics.
     For information about how to use Microsoft Exchange, click the
Help menu in Microsoft Exchange.

{ewc ,AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")


Using Microsoft Fax
Microsoft Fax enables you to send and receive fax messages. You can
also send faxes directly from programs you create them in, such as
Microsoft Word.
Fax messages appear in Microsoft Exchange, where you can view them
online or print them.
     To open Microsoft Exchange to send or receive a fax,
double-click the Inbox icon on your desktop. 
Notes
     If the Inbox icon is not on your desktop, then Microsoft
Exchange is not installed. To find out how to install it, click
Related Topics. You must install both Microsoft Exchange and
Microsoft Fax to send and receive fax messages. 
     For information on how to use Microsoft Fax, click the Help
menu in Microsoft Exchange, and then click Microsoft Fax.

{ewc ,AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_ADDPROG_COMPONENT")


Using HyperTerminal to connect to a remote computer
You can use HyperTerminal and a modem to connect to a remote
computer, even if it isn't running Windows.You can also use
HyperTerminal to send and receive files, or to connect to computer
bulletin boards and other information programs. To start
HyperTerminal:
1    Click the Start button.
2    Point to Programs, point to Accessories, and then click
HyperTerminal.
3    Double-click Hypertrm.
For information about how to use HyperTerminal, click the Help menu
in HyperTerminal.
Tip
     To gain access to files and printers on another computer
running Windows, use Dial-Up Networking rather than HyperTerminal.

{ewc ,AL("A_DIAL_LINK;A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_DIAL_LINK;A_DIAL_LINK_CABLE")


To connect to The Microsoft Network
Access to The Microsoft Network, a new online service, is a feature
of Windows95. 
With The Microsoft Network, you can exchange messages with people
around the world; read the latest news, sports, weather, and
financial information; find answers to your technical questions;
download from thousands of useful programs; connect to the
Internet, and more! 
     To start The Microsoft Network, double-click The Microsoft
Network icon on your desktop.
For more information, click the Help menu in The Microsoft Network.

{ewc ,AL("A_SignupProblems")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_SignupProblems")


The Microsoft Network online service is not installed on your
computer. To install it:
1    Use your right mouse button to click this topic, and then
click Print Topic.
2    Click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click
Control Panel.
3    Double-click the Add/Remove Programs icon.
4    Click the Windows Setup tab, and then click The Microsoft
Network checkbox.
5    Insert your Windows CD or floppy disk as prompted.
Note
     If The Microsoft Network online service does not appear on the
Component list, it is not available for you to install and use.


To view Help for The Microsoft Network, you must first install The
Microsoft Network. To install it:
1    Use your right mouse button to click this topic, and then
click Print Topic.
2    Click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click
Control Panel.
3    Double-click the Add/Remove Programs icon.
4    Click the Windows Setup tab, and click The Microsoft Network
checkbox.
5    Insert your Windows CD or floppy disk as prompted.


Using Backup to back up your files
You can use Backup to back up files on your hard disk. You can back
up files to floppy disks, a tape drive, or another computer on your
network. When you've made a backup file, you can restore it if your
original files are damaged or lost.
     To start Backup, click here  
!SH(`CBACKA32',`backup.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6') . 
For information about how to use Backup, click the Help menu in
Backup.


Using Net Watcher to monitor shared resource use
You can see who is currently using resources on your computer by
using Net Watcher. You can also add shared folders and disconnect
users from your computer or from specific files. 
Before you can run Net Watcher, you must have Client for Microsoft
Networks installed, and you must make sure that file and print
sharing options for the network are enabled.
     To start Net Watcher, click here  
!SH(`NW_CLASS',`netwatch.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_SERVER') .
For information about how to use Net Watcher, click the Help menu
in Net Watcher.


Using Phone Dialer to dial from your computer
Phone Dialer enables you to place telephone calls from your
computer by using your modem or another Windows telephony device.
     To start Phone Dialer, click here  
!SH(`DialerClass',`dialer.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6').
For information about how to use Phone Dialer, click the Help menu
in Phone Dialer.

Using Calculator to make calculations
You can use Calculator in standard view to do simple calculations,
or use it in scientific view to do advanced scientific and
statistical calculations.
     To start Calculator, click here 
!SH(`SciCalc',`calc.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6').
For information about how to use Calculator, click the Help menu in
Calculator.


Using CD Player to play compact discs
You can use CD Player to play audio compact discs from a CD-ROM
drive connected to your computer. To use CD Player, you also need
a sound card.
     To start CD Player, click here  
!SH(`SJE_CdPlayerClass',`cdplayer.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6') .
For information about how to use CD Player, click the Help menu in
CD Player.


Using Media Player to play multimedia files
You can use Media Player to play audio, video, or animation files,
and to control the settings for multimedia hardware devices. 
To use Media Player, you should have a sound card.
     To start Media Player, click here  
!SH(`MPlayer',`mplayer.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6').
For information about how to use Media Player, click the Help menu
in Media Player.


 Using Volume Control to vary sound
If you have a sound card, you can use Volume Control to control the
volume and speaker balance when you play audio files.
     To start Volume Control, click here  
!SH(`Volume',`sndvol32.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6') .
For information about how to use Volume Control, click the Help
menu in Volume Control.


Using Sound Recorder to record, play, and edit sound files
To use Sound Recorder, you must have a sound card and speakers
installed on your computer. If you want to record live sound, you
also need a microphone.
     To start Sound Recorder, click here  
!SH(`SoundRec',`sndrec32.exe',1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6') .
For information about how to use Sound Recorder, click the Help
menu in Sound Recorder.


Using DriveSpace to increase disk space
You can use DriveSpace to compress both hard and floppy disks to
create more free space for files. You can also use DriveSpace to
configure disk drives that you have already compressed by using
DoubleSpace or DriveSpace.
     To start DriveSpace, click here  
!SH(`DoubleSpaceClass',`drvspace.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6') .
For information about how to use DriveSpace, click the Help menu in
DriveSpace.


Using ScanDisk to detect and repair disk errors
You can use ScanDisk to check your hard disk for logical and
physical errors, and then repair the damaged areas.
     To start ScanDisk, click here  
!SH(`ScanDskWdlgClass',`scandskw.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6') .
For information about how to use ScanDisk, look up "ScanDisk" in
the Help Index.


Using Disk Defragmenter to speed up your hard disk
You can use Disk Defragmenter to rearrange files and unused space
on your hard disk so that programs run faster. 
     To start Disk Defragmenter, click here  
!SH(`MSDefragWClass2',`defrag.exe',-1,0,`APP_INSTALL_M6').
For information about how to use Disk Defragmenter, look up
"Defragmenter" in the Help Index.


This program is not installed on your computer. To install it:
1    Use your right mouse button to click this topic, and then
click Print Topic.
2    Click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click
Control Panel.
3    Double-click the Add/Remove Programs icon.
4    Click the Windows Setup tab.
5    Click a category, and then click Details.
Note
     If you don't see the component listed in the Add/Remove
Programs dialog box, it may be one that is included only with the
CD version of Windows. In this case, you can download the component
from an online service, such as The Microsoft Network, CompuServe,
or the Microsoft Download Service.

This program is not installed on your computer because your
computer is not set up to share files. Before you can install this
program, you must install file and printer sharing for The
Microsoft Network. To install file and printer sharing:
1    Use your right mouse button to click this topic, and then
click Print Topic.
2    Click the Start button, point to Settings, and then click
Control Panel.
3    Double-click the Network icon.
4    Click Add, and then click Service.
5    Click Add, and then click Microsoft.
6    Click File And Print Sharing For Microsoft Networks.
Note
     If you don't see the component listed in the Add/Remove
Programs dialog box, it may be one that is included only with the
CD version of Windows. In this case, you can download the component
from an online service, such as The Microsoft Network, CompuServe,
or the Microsoft Download Service.


Registering Windows95 online
With online registration, you can use your modem to register your
copy of Windows95 online. Registration ensures that you receive
product support, product update information, and other benefits.
The process only takes a few minutes to complete.
1    Click here   !EF(`welcome.exe',`',1,`')  to start online
registration.
2    Click Online Registration, and then follow the instructions on
your screen.
Note
     If you do not have a modem, use the registration card included
in the Windows95 package to register.


An acronym for American Standard Code for Information Interchange,
ASCII is a file format that contains no text formatting, so it is
transferrable between different operating systems and programs.
ASCII text files are universally used for exchanging information
between computers. 


Selects all the fonts in the List Of Fonts box.


Click this to map a network drive to a drive letter. The drive
letter will appear in your drives list so you can search it for the
font you want to add.


Lists the available drives you can search for the fonts you want to
add.


Specifies whether to copy the fonts to your Windows\Fonts folder or
to use them directly from the folder in which they are located.


Specifies the folder containing the fonts you want to add.


Lists the available fonts you can add from the drive and folder
specified.

Add Fonts dialog box
You can add fonts from your local or network drives. They can
either be copied to your Windows\Fonts folder, or you can use them
from their current drive location.
For information about the options in this dialog box, click a
button below.
     List of Fonts
     Folders 
     Drives 
     Copy Fonts to Windows Folder 
     Select All 
     Network 

{ewc ,AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_ADDNEW")} Related
Topics%!AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_ADDNEW")



To add a new font to your computer
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
FontsFolder",0)  to open the Fonts folder.
2    On the File menu, click Install New Font.
3    Click the drive and folder that contain the fonts you want to
add.
4    Double-click the icon for the font you want to add.
Tips
     To select more than one font to add, press and hold down the
CTRL key, and then click the fonts you want. 
     To select a range of fonts in the list, press and hold down
the SHIFT key while dragging the cursor over the fonts.
     To add fonts from a network drive without using disk space on
your computer, make sure Copy Fonts To Windows Folder is not
checked.

{ewc ,AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_DELETE;WINDOWS_FONTS_ADDNEW_31HELP")}
Related
Topics%!AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_DELETE;WINDOWS_FONTS_ADDNEW_31HELP")


To delete a font from your computer
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
FontsFolder",0)  to open the Fonts folder.
2    Click the icon for the font you want to delete.
3    On the File menu, click Delete.
Tip
     To select more than one font to delete, press and hold down
the CTRL key, and then click the fonts you want.

{ewc ,AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_ADDNEW")} Related
Topics%!AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_ADDNEW")


To view fonts on your computer
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
FontsFolder",0)  to open the Fonts folder.
2    To look at a sample of a font, double-click the icon for the
font. 
Note
     When you install a printer, it may include several printer
fonts. These do not appear in the Fonts folder, but they do appear
in the Font list of Windows-based programs such as WordPad.

{ewc ,AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_PRINT;WINDOWS_FONTS_SIMILAR")} Related
Topics%!AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_PRINT;WINDOWS_FONTS_SIMILAR")


To print a font sample 
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
FontsFolder",0)  to open the Fonts folder.
2    Double-click the icon for the font you want to print.
3    Click Print on the sample page that appears.
Tip
     To select more than one font, press and hold down the CTRL
key, and then click the fonts you want.

{ewc ,AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_VIEW")} Related
Topics%!AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_VIEW")


To find similar fonts
1    Click here   !EF("rundll","SHELL32.DLL,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL
FontsFolder",0)  to open the Fonts folder.
2    On the View menu, click List Fonts By Similarity. 
3    In the List Fonts By Similarity To box, click a font. The
fonts on your computer appear in the list in order of similarity.
Note
     Panose font-mapping information is stored with the font to
describe its characteristics: serif or sans serif; normal, bold, or
italic. If no Panose information is available for a font, the font
appears at the bottom of the list, and it does not appear in the
List Fonts By Similarity To box.

{ewc ,AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_VIEW;WINDOWS_FONTS_PRINT")} Related
Topics%!AL("WINDOWS_FONTS_VIEW;WINDOWS_FONTS_PRINT")


Direct Cable Connection Troubleshooter
This troubleshooter will help you identify and solve Direct Cable
Connection problems. Just click to answer the questions, and then
try the suggested steps to fix the problem.
Before you begin this troubleshooter, make sure you have connected
the cable securely at both ends and you have run Direct Cable
Connection to set up the software.
What kind of connection problem are you having?
     I don't know how to set up the connection software.
     The connection fails.


Run Direct Cable Connection
You first need to set up the software for cable connection on both
computers. Start on your main (host) computer. The Direct Cable
Connection wizard will prompt you to move to your other (guest)
computer after you have finished setting up the host.
To start Direct Cable Connection
1    Click the Start button, point to Programs, point to
Accessories, and then click Direct Cable Connection.
2    Follow the instructions on the screen.
     It's working now. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     I already did this. Go back to the beginning of the
troubleshooter.


 Did you set up one computer as the host and the other as the
guest?
     Yes, one is set up as the host and the other as the guest.
     No, they are both hosts or both guests.

There must be a host computer and a guest computer
You need to run the Direct Cable Connection wizard again on one of
the computers to set it up as the guest, if the other computer is
the host (or vice versa).
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes, it's working now. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No, it still doesn't work.


Did you enable file and print sharing on the host computer?
     Yes, sharing is enabled.
     I don't know.
     I only need access to the network through the host computer.
Note
     If you are only trying to connect to the network through the
host computer, then sharing does not need to be enabled.


Check if file and print sharing is enabled
1    Click here   !EF(`Netcpl.cpl',`Network,1')  to display Network
properties for this computer.
2    Click File And Print Sharing.
3    Make sure that both boxes are checked.
4    Restart your computer.
If this problem is not fixed, start this troubleshooter again.
Did this solve the problem?
     Yes, I can connect now. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No, the connection still doesn't work.


Make sure you are sharing something on your host computer
It is possible that you are connected but that no folders or
printers have been shared. In addition to enabling file and print
sharing, you also have to share the folder on the host computer
that you want to open on the guest computer. 
To share a folder
1    In My Computer, click the folder you want to share.
2    On the File menu, click Sharing.
3    Click Shared As.
4    Specify the sharing properties.
Tip
     For Help on an item, click   at the top of the dialog box, and
then click the item.
Did this solve the problem?
     Yes, I can connect now. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No, the connection still doesn't work.


Check for a possible protocol conflict
The two computers may be using mismatched protocols. Both computers
should have at least one common protocol installed, depending on
the type of access needed by the guest computer. 
What kind of file access does the guest computer need?
     I only need to transfer files that are on the host computer.
     I need full network access through the host computer.


A protocol is a language computers use when communicating over a
network. Two computers must use the same protocol to communicate
with each other. 
For example, if one computer is exclusively using an
IPX/SPX-compatible protocol, and the other is exclusively using
Microsoft NetBEUI, the connection will not work correctly.


The two computers must share a common protocol
Microsoft IPX/SPX-compatible protocol for Windows supports
transferring files from the host computer to the guest computer. 
To add a protocol
1    Click here   !EF(`Netcpl.cpl',`Network,1')  to display Network
properties for this computer.
2    If you need to add a protocol to match the other computer,
click Add, click Protocol, and then click Add. 
3    Follow the directions in the Select Network Protocol dialog
box.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes, it works now. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No, it still doesn't work.


Make sure Microsoft NetBEUI is installed on both computers
To gain server access through the host computer, you must install
Microsoft NetBEUI on both computers, in addition to the
IPX/SPX-compatible protocol. 
To add a protocol
1    Click here   !EF(`Netcpl.cpl',`Network,1')  to display Network
properties for this computer.
2    If you need to add a protocol to match the other computer,
click Add, click Protocol, and then click Add. 
3    Follow the directions in the Select Network Protocol dialog
box.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes, it works now. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No, it still doesn't work


Make sure that the protocols are bound correctly
Protocols used for Direct Cable Connection must be bound to the
Dial-Up Adapter. Typically, Windows will do this automatically when
a protocol is added, but if for some reason it doesn't, you can
bind it manually.
To bind a network adapter to a protocol
1    Click here   !EF(`Netcpl.cpl',`Network,1')  to display Network
properties for this computer. 
2    In the list of installed network components, click Dial-Up
Adapter, and then click Properties.
3    Click the Bindings tab.
4    Make sure that the boxes are checked for the protocols that
both computers will be using.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes, it works now. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No, it still doesn't work

What kind of cable are you using?
     Serial cable
     Parallel cable
     I don't know


What kind of serial cable are you using?
You need a serial, null-modem, RS-232 cable for a direct cable
connection. If you are using another type of cable, such as a
LapLink serial cable, the connection will not work correctly.
Did replacing the cable fix the problem?
     Yes, close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     No, it still doesn't work.
     I need to buy a new cable.


Check the type of parallel cable
1    Make sure that you chose the parallel cable option on both
computers when you ran the Direct Cable Connection wizard.
2    Check to see what type of parallel cable you are using. 
Windows supports three types of parallel cables for a direct cable
connection:
     Standard or Basic 4-bit cable
     ECP cable
     UCM cable
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     I need a new cable.
     I have the right cable, and it still doesn't work.


Includes all LapLink and InterLink parallel cables. 


An ECP (Extended Capabilities Port) cable will work if both
computers have ECP-enabled parallel ports, which must be enabled in
the BIOS. 
Data transfer over an ECP cable is faster than over a standard
4-bit cable and is comparable to a UCM cable.


A UCM (Universal Connection Module) cable can switch into ECP mode
if both computers have ECP-enabled parallel ports. 
Data transfer over a UCM cable is faster than over a standard 4-bit
cable, and is comparable to an ECP cable. 


Cable definitions
Click one of the cable types below to see a description:
Serial
Parallel
Which type are you using?
     Serial
     Parallel


A parallel cable fits into a parallel port on your computer
(labeled LPT1 or LPT2). A parallel port is commonly used for a
printer cable and typically has a 25-pin connector. If the cable
you are using looks the same as your modem cable, it is a serial,
not a parallel, cable.
A parallel cable transmits data simultaneously over multiple lines.
This makes it the faster of the two connection methods, but it can
transmit data only over short distances. 


A serial cable fits into a serial port (usually called COM1 or
COM2). A serial port is commonly used for a modem cable and
typically has a 9-pin connector. If the cable you are using looks
the same as your printer cable, then it is a parallel, not a
serial, cable.
A serial cable transmits data sequentially over one pair of wires.
It is slower than a parallel cable, but it can transmit data over
long distances, including over phone lines. 

 To order a new cable
Direct Cable Connection cables are available from several sources.
     Parallel Technologies Direct Parallel Cables
     Phone (800) 789-4784  from inside the U.S.
     Phone (206) 869-1119 from outside the U.S.
     Your local dealer
     Phone (206) 869-1119 for a dealer near you.
     Via e-mail
     SALES@LPT.COM (Internet)
     71612,3466 (CompuServe)
     OK. Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')
     Go back to the beginning of the troubleshooter.


Next steps
You have encountered a problem that the Direct Cable Connection
Troubleshooter cannot help you solve. For more information, consult
the documentation that came with your computer or the vendor from
whom you purchased the cable.
     Go back to the beginning of the troubleshooter.
     Close the troubleshooter.%!CW(`proc4')


Dial-Up Networking Troubleshooter
This troubleshooter will help you identify and solve problems with
Dial-Up Networking. Just click to answer the questions, and then
try the suggested steps to fix the problem.
What's wrong?
     I can connect to the remote computer, but I do not see a
terminal screen. 
     I can connect to the remote computer, but the remote computer
hangs up right after answering the phone.
     Dialing doesn't work correctly.
     The remote computer hangs up unexpectedly.


Try your call again 
     You may be experiencing line noise or cable problems. Try your
call again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. I was able to connect. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble.


 What kind of connection are you using?
     SLIP or PPP.
     Windows for Workgroups and Windows NT 3.1.


Bring up a terminal window 
1    In the Dial-Up Networking window, click the connection you are
creating a terminal screen for.
2    On the File menu, click Properties. 
3    Click Configure. 
4    Click the Options tab, and then make sure Bring Up Terminal
Window After Dialing is checked. 
5    Try your call again. 
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. I was able to reconnect. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble.


Use Connect Network Drive
Dial-Up Networking doesn't show a terminal screen. Use Connect
Network Drive to gain access to shared files and folders on the
remote computer.
     OK. Click here to close the troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     Click here for information about connecting to shared files
and folders.


Contact the computer's administrator
     You may have gone too long without typing anything, or your
account may limit how long you can be connected to the computer.
Try the call again, and ask the administrator for the remote
computer whether your time limit can be increased. 
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. I was able to reconnect. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble.


Contact the computer's administrator
     Find out if the computer is working correctly. It may have
been shut down for maintenance. 
     OK. Click here to close the troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     Click here to return to the beginning of the troubleshooter.

Bring up a terminal window 
1    In the Dial-Up Networking window, click the connection you are
creating a terminal screen for.
2    On the File menu, click Properties. 
3    Click Configure. 
4    Click the Options tab, and then make sure Bring Up Terminal
Window After Dialing is checked.
5    Try your call again. 
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. I was able to reconnect. Close the
troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble.


Does the remote computer prompt you for a password?
     Yes.
     No.


Make sure you're using the correct password
     Make sure the password you are using to log on to the remote
computer is correct. If it has changed or expired, or if you have
forgotten the password, contact the administrator for the remote
computer to get a new password. Then try the connection again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Click here to close the troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No. I'm still having trouble.


Make sure you have access to the remote computer
     If the remote computer is set up for user-level access
control, contact the administrator for the computer to make sure
you have access to it. Then try the connection again.
Did this fix the problem?
     Yes. Click here to close the troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")
     No.


Contact the remote computer's administrator
You've run into a problem with the remote computer that the Dial-Up
Networking Troubleshooter can't help you solve. 
For more information, contact the administrator for the remote
computer. 
     Go back to the beginning of the troubleshooter.
     Close the troubleshooter.%!CW("Proc4")


Connecting to the Internet
There are many ways you can connect to the Internet using Windows.
Here are two ways you can connect.
     You can sign up for The Microsoft Network online service.
     You can create a Dial-Up Networking connection to an Internet
access provider. 
     How to sign up for The Microsoft Network
     How to connect to the Internet using Dial-Up Networking


The Internet is a constantly evolving group of international
computer networks connected by telephone lines. Since its creation
in the 1960's, it has grown exponentially and is now used by
millions of people, from commercial and educational institutions to
individual consumers.
Once you're connected to the Internet, you can access a wealth of
information, including newsgroups (BBS), news and weather
information, software, and games.


The Microsoft Network is an online service that gives you Internet
access, including mail and newsgroups.


Connecting to the Internet using Dial-Up Networking
The steps in this procedure will guide you through the process of
connecting to the Internet by using Dial-Up Networking. Just click
the button to start, or click Quick Overview to see a summary of
the steps.
Step 1
     Getting an Internet account

     Quick overview

Quick overview
Here's a quick look at the steps required for connecting to the
Internet by using Dial-Up Networking:
1    Get an Internet account with an Internet access provider.
2    Set up your communications hardware.
3    Make sure Dial-Up Networking is installed.
4    Install the TCP/IP protocol and bind it to the Dial-Up
Networking adapter.
5    Enter TCP/IP information.
6    Create a connection to your access provider in Dial-Up
Networking.
7    Dial your Internet access provider.


Step 2  Setting up your communications hardware
You need a modem (9600 bps or faster is recommended) to connect to
the Internet. Or, if your organization has a direct connection to
the Internet, you can use a network adapter card instead of a
modem.
If you haven't set up your modem, follow these steps:
1    Click here   !EF(`modem.cpl',`Modems',1)  to set up a modem.
2    Follow the instructions on your screen.
What's next?
     The modem is set up. Go to step 3.


Step 3  Make sure you have Dial-Up Networking installed
1    Double-click the My Computer icon on your desktop. If you do
not see a Dial-Up Networking icon, then follow steps 2 through 4.
2    Click here   !EF(`appwiz.cpl',`Add/Remove Programs,2')  to
display Add/Remove Programs.
3    Click Communications, and then click Details.
4    Check Dial-Up Networking, and then click OK.
What's next?
     Dial-Up networking is installed. Go to step 4.


Step 4  Install the Windows 95 TCP/IP protocol
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click Add. (If the Windows 95 TCP/IP protocol is already
installed, you can go to step 6.)
3    Click Protocol, and then click Add.
4    Click Microsoft, and then click TCP/IP.
5    Click OK.
6    Click Dial-Up Adapter, and then click Properties. Or, if your
organization has a direct Internet connection, click your network
adapter, and then click Properties.
7    Click the Bindings tab, and then make sure the TCP/IP check
box is checked.
     If prompted, restart your computer. Then, start Help and
return to this procedure.
Note
     When you install TCP/IP, it is bound to all of your adapters
by default. If you have a network card and don't use TCP/IP with
it, you should go to Properties for the network card, click the
Bindings tab, and then remove TCP/IP.
What's next?
     The adapter is bound to TCP/IP. Go to step 5.


To bind an adapter to a protocol
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click the adapter you want to bind to a protocol, and then
click Properties.
3    On the Bindings tab, make sure the checkbox for the
appropriate protocol is checked.
Note
     For information about how to install a protocol, click Related
Topics.

{ewc ,AL("A_INSTALL_PROTOCOL")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_INSTALL_PROTOCOL")


Step 1  Getting an Internet account
When you call an Internet access provider to sign up for Internet
account, make sure you get the following information:
     User name
     Password
     Access phone number
     Your host name and domain name
     Domain Name Server (DNS) server address
The access provider may also provide the following information:
     IP address and subnet mask
     DNS search order (if required)
     Gateway address
     Authentication procedure (whether or not they require a
terminal window to log on)
Note
     Use a PPP account if your provider offers it.
     If your organization has a direct connection to the Internet,
you can skip this step.
What's next?
     I have an Internet account. Go to step 2.


Point-to-Point protocol is a communications protocol for
transmitting information over standard telephone lines. You need a
PPP account so you can connect to your Internet access provider's
PPP server. Windows comes with support for PPP connections.


Step 5  Entering TCP/IP information
1    Click here   !EF(`netcpl.cpl',`Network,0')  to display Network
properties.
2    Click TCP/IP (If there is more than one TCP/IP entry, click
TCP/IP -> Dial-Up Adapter), and then click Properties. 
3    On the IP Address tab, if your provider gave you an IP
address, click Specify An IP Address, and then type your IP address
and subnet mask. 
     If your provider did not give you an IP address, click Obtain
An IP Address Automatically.
     If you are using a direct network connection to the Internet,
type your IP address and subnet mask. If your network uses a DCHP
server to assign IP addresses, click Obtain An IP Address
Automatically.
4    On the Bindings tab, it is recommended that you clear the File
And Printer Sharing box.
What's next?
     My TCP/IP information is entered. Go to step 6.


An Internet access provider maintains a server that is directly
connected to the Internet. You must connect through an access
provider unless your organization is directly connected to the
Internet. Connecting to an access provider entails calling the
provider and setting up a PPP account.

 Step 6  Setting up a connection to your access provider
1    In Dial-Up Networking, double-click Make New Connection. (If
it is your first Dial-Up Networking connection, youll be prompted
automatically.)
2    Follow the instructions on your screen.
3    Using your right mouse button, click the connection icon, and
then click Properties.
4    If your provider requires a terminal window to log in, click
Configure. Click the Options tab, make sure Bring Up Terminal
Window After Dialing is checked, and then click OK.
5    In the Properties for the connection, click Server Type, and
then make sure the type of server is set to PPP.
     You can decrease the time required to connect by making sure
that the following options are not checked:
     Log On To Network
     NetBEUI
     IPX/SPX Compatible
Note
     If you have a SLIP account, you need to install SLIP support.
This is available on the Windows 95 CD-ROM or from the Windows 95
Resource Kit. After SLIP support is installed, go to the properties
for your connection, click Server Type, and make sure SLIP is
installed.
What's next?
     My connection is set up. Go to step 7.


Step 7  Dialing your Internet access provider
     Double-click the connection, enter your name and password, and
then click Connect.
Follow the instructions provided by your Internet access provider
for browsing the Internet, reading e-mail, and accessing
information.
Notes
     Information transfer on the Internet is bidirectional, meaning
that while you are connected, other people can gain access to your
computer. For this reason, it is recommended that you disable file
and printer sharing before connecting.
     For information about how to change protocol settings, how to
display a logon screen after dialing, how to disable sharing, or
how to connect to other operating systems, click Related Topics.

{ewc
,AL("A_DISABLE_SHARING;A_PROTOCOL_SETTINGS;A_RNA_DIALUP;A_RNA_OTH
ER_OS")} Related
Topics%!AL("A_DISABLE_SHARING;A_PROTOCOL_SETTINGS;A_RNA_DIALUP;A_
RNA_OTHER_OS")